Você está na página 1de 186

TM

Gear Motors & Controllers

A Global Standard for Compact Gear Motors


from Sumitomo Heavy Industries

FEATURES AND BENEFITS


Involute gear, Parallel shaft type
Grease lubricated units
Maintenance free and universal mounting

Clear silver metallic color

High quality materials are used throughout.


Sealed ball bearing, Steel gears, Aluminum housing

CE Markingwith Thermal protect


UL Standard115V Single phase motor

Motor and Gearhead come apart for easy use.


Motor and Gearhead are sold separately
CAUTION

General
The gear head and motor should be operated only within its name plate and catalogue; otherwise, electric
shock, injury or damage to a system may occur.
Keep hands and all foreign objects from the internal moving part of the gear unit and motor; otherwise, electric
shock, injury, fire or damage to a system may occur.
Damaged units should be taken off-line; otherwise injury or fire may occur.
Do not remove the name plate.
Any modifications or alterations of any kind, to the unit, will void the warranty and all subsequent claims.
Transport
Exercise ample care not to drop the unit and fall during transport.

Installation
Do not place any inflammables around the gear head and motor; otherwise , fire may result.
Do not place any objects that will hinder ventilation around motor; otherwise, cooling effect is reduced, and
may lead to a possible fire hazard and burn due to excessive heat built-up.
Do not touch the key way at the shaft end or on the inside of the gear unit and motor; otherwise, injury may
result.
When the unit is used in food processing applications vulnerable to oil contamination, install an oil pan or
other such device to cope with rate oil leaking. Otherwise, oil leakage may damage products.
Coupling with other machines
Install appropriate guard devices around rotation parts; otherwise, injury may result.
Confirm the direction of rotation before coupling the unit with its driven machine. Defference in the direction of
rotation may cause injury or damage to the system.

Wiring
Do not touch lead wire when measuring the insulation resistance. Electric shock may result.

DANGER

Wiring
Connect a power cable to the motor according to the connection diagram or maintenance manual;
otherwise, electric shock or fire may result. (Without terminal box, exercise insulation in the
connecting part.
Do not forcibly curve, pull or clamp the power cable and lead wires otherwise, electric shock may
result.
Correctly ground the grounding bolt; otherwise, electric shock may result.
Use power source stated in the nameplate; otherwise, motor's burning or fire may result.
Operation
Never approach or touch any rotating parts (shaft, etc.) during operation; otherwise, loose clothing
caught in these rotation parts may result in severe injury.
When the power supply is interrupted, be sure to turn off the power switch. Unexpected resumption
of power may cause injury or damage to the equipment.
Daily inspection and maintenance
Never approach or touch any rotating parts (shaft, etc.) during maintenance; otherwise, loose
clothing caugth in these rotating parts may result in severe injury.
Inspection upon delivery
Verity that the unit received is in fact the one ordered. When a different product is installed, injury or
damage to the system may result.
TM

Contents
The Sumitomo Heavy Industries Power
Page
Transmission & Control (PTC) Group has been a
leader in the gear box and gear motor market for Sumitomo Heavy Industries gear boxes and motors 2

Overview
over 60 years. Products in this catalog 3
Nomenclature 4
Our mission in to work with custmers worldwide Products line up 6
to devise power transmission equipment Astero line up 8
solusions that provide the optimum technology
and reliability. Gear motor Types Overview 6W 15W 25W 40W 60W 90W

Variable-speed Constant-speed
Induction models 10 14 16 18 20 22 24
We listen to the needs of our customers to Reversible models 28 34 36 38 40 42 44

types
develop cutting-edge techonology and products, with Electromagnetic brakes 48 50 52 54 56 58 60
and manufacture the products that best meet the with Terminal boxes 64 66 70 74 78 82 86
needs of world markets. Unit-typeInduction 96 100 102 104 106 108 110
Socket-typeInduction 113 130 132 134 136 138 140

types
Socket-typeReversible 113 144 146 148 150
The Available Solution,Worldwide Socket-typewith Electromagnetic brakes 113 154 156 158 160

A Global Presence Brake packs Page


The PTC Group's 8 manufacturing plants, 35 Brake packs 163
assnmble plants and 226 sales offices are
located in over 50 countries worldwide. In each of Options Page
the countries we do business in, our goal is to
Mounting plate for motors & gear heads 170
create the optimum partnership with our
Options

customers and their end users. Extension cords 172


CR circuits for surge voltage absorption 172
External speed control switch 173
External resistor for braking 173

Techunical Information Page


Techunical Information : Motor 175
1Ratings(Continuous & short-time ratings) 176
2Torque and motor speed 176
3Ambient temperatures 177
4Measuring the motor temperatures rise 177
5Overhearting protectors 178
6Making ground connections 178
Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd
Technical Information

7Compliance of Sumitomo products with standard in each country 178


Headquaters : Sumitomo Jukikai Bldg., 5-9-11 Kita-
8Power requirements in defferent countries 179
Shinagawa, shinagawa-ku, Tokyo, Japan
141-8686 Techunical Information : Gear heads 180
9Gear head size 180
Founded : November 20, 1888
10Reduction ratio 180
Established : November 1, 1934
11Maximum allowable torque 180
Capital : 30,871,6500,000yen (as at March 31,
12Service factor 180
2001) Number of employees
13Gear head efficiency 180
For all consolidated
14Shaft radial load and thrust load 181
: 12,411 (as at March 31, 2001)
15Combining motors and gear heads 181
For Sumitomo Heavy Industries alone
16Combining motors and intermediate gear heads 181
: 4,699 (as at March 31, 2001)
17Gear head shaft speed and direction 182
Power Transmission and Controls Group 18Attaching a motor and gear head 182
Headquarters and manufacturing 19Affixing a load transmission mechanism 182
: U.S.A., Canada, England,
Germany, Singapore, China,
Korea, Taiwan, Japan
Office : Over 50 countries worldwide

1
Overview
Overview

Sumitomo Heavy Industries gear boxes and gear motors


Since the release of our first Cyclo speed reducer in 1939, Sumitomo Heavy
Industries has been a leader in the gear box and gear motors market,
continually working with customers to devise applications and solutions that
Induction incorporate the latest technology. Cydo disk used in
In addition to our gear motors and speed variators, we also make a wide the center of the
range of electric motors, AC inverters and AC servo motors. Our extensive Cyclo speed
lineup of products ranges from ultra-compact models with capacities of a few readucers.
Reversible
watts, to large gear boxes with several hundred kW capacities.
The unique tooth
The unique configurations and technology used in all our products are the
shape creates
Electromagnetic result of our commitment to the ultimate performance and reliability, and of our powerful torque.
brakes expertise in speed reducers, motors and controllers.

Terminal
boxes

Speed
controller
(Overview)
Caps PTC products item Parallel shaft Right-angle shaft
Unit type
TM Astero gear motors Hyponic gear motors
6W90W 15W90W
Standard parallel High-efficiency,high-
Socket type shaft helical gear strength gear

Speed 90 Compact gear motors motors motors using hypoid
gears
controller
(Induction)
W Water-resistant

catalog products model (IP65) also


available.
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Altax gear motors Hyponic gear motor
Speed control- 90W2.2kW 0.15.5kW
ler (Electro- A
magnetic brake) 0.1 compact gear Hypoid gears
motors using a combining high

Brake Packs
2.2 Small gear motors powerful Cyclo
speed reducer's
efficiency and low
noise
kW mechanism

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

TM
6W

15W
TM
Astero A-motor
Gear motors Motors
25W Gear heads Speed controllers
Brake Packs

40W

60W

90W

2
TM

Products in this catalog


TM
The Astero Series is a lineup of compact gear motors with the lowest capacity range (6 to 90 W) of any of
Sumitomo's products. The Series features highly reliable Astero gear heads (combining helical gears and
spur gears), A-motors (special Astero motors), and a variety of options and control equipment (such as
speed controllers).
A wide range of motors is available for several applications and operating environments. Gear heads and
motors for all models are sold separately, and can be used in any combination.

TM Power Speed Lead


ASTERO Motors Stored Time Other Page Page
Speed Change over Brake wire
A-motor 1ph 3ph Torque tipe ratings Overview Ratings
tining

After Natural
Constant stopping stop Lead
Induction motors No Continuous 10 14
speed motor wire

Immediate Simple
Constant stop Lead
Reversible motors buit-in No 30mim 28 34
Constant speed

speed & wire


start brake

Immediate Electro- 1ph


Motors with Constant stop Lead 30min
magnetic Yes 48 50
Electromagnetic brakes speed & wire 3ph
start brake
Continuous
After Natural W/
Induction motors Constant stopping stop
No Terminal Continuous 64 66
with Trminal boxes speed motor box
Immediate Simple
Reversible motor Constant W/
stop buit-in No 64 66
with Trminal boxes speed & Terminal 30mim
start brake box

TM
Power Speed Lead Page Speed Controller
ASTERO Motors Stored Time Other Page Page
Speed Change over Brake wire
A-motor 1ph 3ph tining Torque tipe ratings Overview Ratings specs
Lead wire Unit type
Unit type After 300mm Easy
Variable stopping Natural No with Continuous connection 96 100 96
Induction motors stop overview
speed motor special wiring diagram
connector
Variable speed

Lead wire Soft Socket type


Socket type Variable After Immediate 300mm Continuous Start Induction motors
speed stopping stop No 115 129 120
Induction motors Soft overview
motor 2 Stop wiring diagram
Immediate Lead wire Soft Socket type
Socket type Variable stop Immediate 300mm Start Reversible motors
stop No 30mim 115 143 122
Reversible motors speed and Soft overview
start 2 Stop wiring diagram
Immediate Electro- Lead wire Soft Socket type
Socket type Variable stop magnetic 300mm Start Electromagnetic brakes 124
Yes 30mim 115 153
Electromagnetic brakes speed and Soft overview
brake wiring diagram
start Stop
1Immediate stop is possible with brake packs.
2External resistor for braking should be installed outside

TM
Gear heads Intermediate Gear heads
ASTERO Gear Heads
Output shaft Lubrication Brg Reduction ratio Lubrication Brg Reduction ratio
60mm 6W D-cut type 3, 3.6, 5, 6, 7.5, 9, 10
70mm 15W 12.5, 15, 18, 20
80mm 25W Key type Grease Ball Brg 25, 30, 36, 40 Grease Ball Brg 10
90mm 40W 50, 60, 75, 90, 100
90mm 60W, 90W 120, 150, 180, 200

3
Overview
Overview

Nomenclature

Astero gear motors(Output shaft is helical gear type)


Induction

7 15
Reversible

Series Frame size Output power Shaft type


Electromagnetic 6 60mm 6 6 640W
brakes
7 70mm 15 15 60,90W
8 80mm 25 25
Terminal 9 90mm 40 40 Option
boxes 60 60 Lead wires
90 90 Electromagnetic brake
Speed
controller Terminal box
(Overview) Models with electromagnetic brakes have option
symbol 'B' at the end of the nomenclature.
Motor type Voltage symbol
Unit type Speed Constant Variable Phase Voltage(Frequency
Type Unit-type Socket-type A 1ph 100V (50/60Hz) 110V (60Hz)
Induction M U HM B 1ph 115V (60Hz)
Socket type Reversible HR C 1ph 200V (50/60Hz) 220V (60Hz)
Electro- 1ph R HR D 1ph 220V (50Hz) 240V (50Hz)
magnetic
brake 3ph M J 3ph 200V (50/60Hz) 220V (50/60Hz)
Speed
controller 400V (50/60Hz) 440V (50/60Hz)
(Induction) K 3ph
380V (50/60Hz) 415V (50/60Hz)
The applicable voltage depends on the motor output and
Speed
controller Speed controllers motor type. See the rating table for more information.
(Reversible)

Speed controllers
Speed control- CAU 15 A Can control the motor speed over a wide range.
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) Each controller type must be used with its own
motor type (with speed detector).
Output Voltage symbol
Brake Packs
6 6 Phase Voltage(Frequency)
15 15 A 1ph 100V (50/60Hz) 110V (60Hz) Unit-type speed controllers
25 25 C 1ph 200V (50/60Hz) 220V (60Hz) Simple wiring and speed control switch built into
Options 40 40 D 1ph 220V (50Hz) 240V (50Hz) panel enable use right away.
60 60 For use with type 'U' induction motors.

90 90 Controller dimensions: 60 x 100 x 98.5 mm


Technical
Information The CAH type has an output of 90 W (W x H x D)
regardless of the motor output.

Type Socket-type speed controllers


CAU Unit-type Multi-functional speed controllers
Overview CAH Socket-type Built-in soft start, soft stop functions
Built-in electronic brake

Can be used with induction motors, reversible

6W motors, or motors with electromagnetic brakes


Controller dimensions (main unit): 50 x 80 x 92

mm (W x H x D)

15W
Brake packs Brake packs
Used to stop single-phase motors instantly.
Non contact type
25W BAS A Can be used with type 'M' induction motors and

type 'R' reversible motors.


Unlike electromagnetic brakes, brake packs

40W don't store and hold braking torque (brake packs


Voltage symbol are electronic brakes).
Phase Voltage(Frequency)
1ph 100V (50/60Hz) 110V (60Hz)
60W 1ph 200V (50/60Hz) 220V (60Hz)
1ph 220V (50Hz) 240V (50Hz)
Type
BAS Brake packs
90W

4
TM

TM

Astero gear heads

7 20 K

Series Reduction Ratio Output shaft type


Refer to the -cut type
following Key type
Frame size (6 W model is D-cut type,
Frame size Motor size other models are key type.)
Shaft type
6 60mm 6W
7 70mm 15W
640W
8 80mm 25W 60,90W
9A 90mm 40W
9B 90mm 60W90W

Intermediate gear heads


Intermediate gear heads
G 7 XH 10 Can be added to gear heads when a motor
speed with a reduction ratio of bigger than
200 is needed.
When an intermediate gear head is used,
Series Int.gear head Reduction Ratio
symbol 10 10 : 1
the speed reduction ratio is 10 times the
gear head reduction ratio.
Flame size
Flame size Motor size
6 60mm 6W Shart type
7 70mm 15W 640W
8 80mm 25W
60,90W
9A 90mm 40W
9B 90mm 60W90W

Mounting plate

G 7 FM
Flame size Motor size
6 60mm 6W
Series Mounting plate 7 70mm 15W
symbol 8 80mm 25W
Flame size 9A 90mm 40W
9B 90mm 60W90W

Reduction ratio
Gear head output speed = motor output speed / reduction ratio
The Astero gear head reduction ratios are listed below.
Reduction ratio
3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5
15 18 20 25 30 36 40 50
60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200

5
Overview
Overview

Products line up

Astero gear motors(Output shaft is helical gear type)

Induction
Flame Output Phase Voltage(Frequency)
Constant speed
size power Induction Reversible Electromagnetic Induction Reversible
(mm)
Reversible brake W/Terminal box W/Terminal box
P P P P P
100V(50/60Hz) 110V(60Hz) A6M06A A6R06A A6R06AB A6M06AT A6R06AT
115V(60Hz) A6M06B A6R06B A6R06BB A6M06BT A6R06BT
Electromagnetic 60 6W 1ph 14 34 50 66 66
brakes 200V(50/60Hz) 220V(60Hz) A6M06C A6R06C A6R06CB A6M06CT A6R06CT
220V(50Hz) 240V(50Hz) A6M06D A6R06D A6R06DB A6M06DT A6R06DT
Terminal
boxes 100V(50/60Hz) 110V(60Hz) A7M15A A7R15A A7R15AB A7M15AT A7R15AT
115V(60Hz) A7M15B 16 A7R15B 36 A7R15BB 52 70 A7R15BT 70
Speed 70 15W 1ph
controller 200V(50/60Hz) 220V(60Hz) A7M15C A7R15C A7R15CB A7M15CT A7R15CT
(Overview)
220V(50Hz) 240V(50Hz) A7M15D A7R15D A7R15DB A7M15DT A7R15DT

Unit type 100V(50/60Hz) 110V(60Hz) A8M25A A8R25A A8R25AB A8M25AT A8R25AT


115V(60Hz) A8M25B A8R25B A8R25BB A8R25BT
1ph 38 74
200V(50/60Hz) 220V(60Hz) A8M25C A8R25C A8R25CB A8M25CT A8R25CT
Socket type 54 74
80 25W 220V(50Hz) 240V(50Hz) A8M25D 18 A8R25D A8R25DB A8M25DT A8R25DT
200V(50/60Hz) 220V(50/60Hz) A8M25J A8M25JB A8M25JT
Speed 3ph 400V(50/60Hz) 440V(50/60Hz)
controller A8M25K A8M25KB A8M25KT
(Induction) 380V(50/60Hz) 415V(50/60Hz)

Speed
controller 100V(50/60Hz) 110V(60Hz) A9M40A A9R40A A9R40AB A9M40AT A9R40AT
(Reversible)
115V(60Hz) A9M40B A9R40B A9R40BB A9R40BT
1ph 40 78
Speed control- 200V(50/60Hz) 220V(60Hz) A9M40C A9R40C A9R40CB A9M40CT A9R40CT
ler (Electro- 56 78
90 40W 220V(50Hz) 240V(50Hz) A9M40D 20 A9R40D A9R40DB A9M40DT A9R40DT
magnetic brake)
200V(50/60Hz) 220V(50/60Hz) A9M40J A9M40JB A9M40JT
3ph 400V(50/60Hz) 440V(50/60Hz)
Brake Packs A9M40K A9M40KB A9M40KT
380V(50/60Hz) 415V(50/60Hz)

Options 100V(50/60Hz) 110V(60Hz) A9M60AH A9R60AH A9R60AHB A9M60AHT A9R60AHT


115V(60Hz) A9M60BH A9R60BH A9R60BHB A9R60BHT
1ph 42 82
200V(50/60Hz) 220V(60Hz) A9M60CH A9R60CH A9R60CHB A9M60CHT A9R60CHT
Technical 90 60W 58 82
Information 220V(50Hz) 240V(50Hz) A9M60DH 22 A9R60DH A9R60DHB A9M60DHT A9R60DHT
200V(50/60Hz) 220V(50/60Hz) A9M60JH A9M60JHB A9M60JHT
3ph 400V(50/60Hz) 440V(50/60Hz)
A9M60KH A9M60KHB A9M60KHT
380V(50/60Hz) 415V(50/60Hz)
Overview

100V(50/60Hz) 110V(60Hz) A9M90AH A9R90AH A9R90AHB A9M90AHT A9R90AHT


115V(60Hz) A9M90BH A9R90BH A9R90BHB A9R90BHT
6W 1ph 44 86
200V(50/60Hz) 220V(60Hz) A9M90CH A9R90CH A9R90CHB A9M90CHT 86 A9R90CHT
60
90 90W 220V(50Hz) 240V(50Hz) A9M90DH 24 A9R90DH A9R90DHB A9M90DHT A9R90DHT
200V(50/60Hz) 220V(50/60Hz) A9M90JH A9M90JHB A9M90JHT
15W
3ph 400V(50/60Hz) 440V(50/60Hz)
A9M90KH A9M90KHB A9M90KHT
380V(50/60Hz) 415V(50/60Hz)

25W
TM

40W
Astero gear heads
6W 15W 25W 40W 60W,90W 6W 15W 25W 40W 60W,90W
Ratio Ratio
60W 60mm 70mm 80mm 90mm 90mm
60mm 70mm 80mm 90mm 90mm
3 G63D G73K G83K G9A3K G9B3KH 36 G636D G736K G836K G9A36K G9B36KH
3.6 G63.6D G73.6K G83.6K G9A3.6K G9B3.6KH 40 G640D G740K G840K G9A40K G9B40KH
90W 5 G65D G75K G85K G9A5K G9B5KH 50 G650D G750K G850K G9A50K G9B50KH
6 G66D G76K G86K G9A6K G9B6KH 60 G660D G760K G860K G9A60K G9B60KH
7.5 G67.5D G77.5K G87.5K G9A7.5K G9B7.5KH 75 G675D G775K G875K G9A75K G9B75KH
9 G69D G79K G89K G9A9K G9B9KH 90 G690D G790K G890K G9A90K G9B90KH
10 G610D G710K G810K G9A10K G9B10KH 100 G6100D G7100K G8100K G9A100K G9B100KH
12.5 G612.5D G712.5K G812.5K G9A12.5K G9B12.5KH 120 G6120D G7120K G8120K G9A120K G9B120KH
15 G615D G715K G815K G9A15K G9B15KH 150 G6150D G7150K G8150K G9A150K G9B150KH
18 G618D G718K G818K G9A18K G9B18KH 180 G6180D G7180K G8180K G9A180K G9B180KH
20 G620D G720K G820K G9A20K G9B20KH 200 G6200D G7200K G8200K G9A200K G9B200KH
25 G625D G725K G825K G9A25K G9B25KH Intermediate gear heads
30 G630D G730K G830K G9A30K G9B30KH 10 G6XH10 G7XH10 G8XH10 G9AXH10 G9BXH10H

6
TM

Astero gear motors(Output shaft is helical gear type)

Voriable speedMotor+Speed controllers


Unit-type Socket-type Socket-type Socket-type
Applicable gear heads
Induction motors P Induction motors P Reversible motors P Reversible motor w/electromagnetic brake P
A6U06A +CAU06A A6HM06A +CAH90A A6HR 06A +CAH90A A6HR06AB +CAH90A G6D
: Reduction ratio
100 130 144 154
A6U06C +CAU06C A6HM06C +CAH90C A6HR 06C +CAH90C A6HR06CB +CAH90C Output shaft type: D-cut type
Intermediate gear head: G6XH10
A6U06D +CAU06D A6HM06D +CAH90D A6HR 06D +CAH90D A6HR06DB +CAH90D

A7U15A +CAU15A A7HM15A +CAH90A A7HR 15A +CAH90A A7HR15AB +CAH90A G7K
: Reduction ratio
102 132 146 156 Output shaft type: D-cut type
A7U15C +CAU15C A7HM15C +CAH90C A7HR 15C +CAH90C A7HR15CB +CAH90C
Intermediate gear head: G7XH10
A7U15D +CAU15D A7HM15D +CAH90D A7HR 15D +CAH90D A7HR15DB +CAH90D

A8U25A +CAU25A A8HM25A +CAH90A A8HR 25A +CAH90A A8HR25AB +CAH90A G8K
: Reduction ratio
104 134 148 158
A8U25C +CAU25C A8HM25C +CAH90C A8HR 25C +CAH90C A8HR25CB +CAH90C Output shaft type: D-cut type
Intermediate gear head: G8XH10
A8U25D +CAU25D A8HM25D +CAH90D A8HR 25D +CAH90D A8HR25DB +CAH90D

A9U40A +CAU40A A9HM40A +CAH90A A9HR 40A +CAH90A A9HR40AB +CAH90A G9AK
: Reduction ratio
106 136 150 160 Output shaft type: Key type
A9U40C +CAU40C A9HM40C +CAH90C A9HR 40C +CAH90C A9HR40CB +CAH90C
Intermediate gear head:
A9U40D +CAU40D A9HM40D +CAH90D A9HR 40D +CAH90D A9HR40DB +CAH90D G9AXH10
Note: Gear heads for use with 40
W motor only. Can't be used
with 60 or 90 W motors.

A9U60AH +CAU60A A9HM60AH +CAH 90A G9BKH


: Reduction ratio
108 138 Output shaft type: Key type
A9U60CH +CAU60C A9HM60CH +CAH 90C
Intermediate gear head:
A9U60DH +CAU60D A9HM60DH +CAH 90D G9BXH10
Note: Gear heads for use with 60
or 90 W motors only. Can't be
used with 40 W motors.

A9U90AH +CAU90A A9HM90AH +CAH 90A G9BKH


: Reduction ratio
110 140
Output shaft type: Key type
A9U90CH +CAU90C A9HM90CH +CAH 90C
Intermediate gear head:
A9U90DH +CAU90D A9HM90DH +CAH 90D G9BXH10
Note: Gear heads for use with 60
or 90 W motors only. Can't be
used with 40 W motors.

External speed control switchs Extension cables Note: Motor and gear head are
Brake packs Resistor() Type Length(m) Type sold separately.
Voltage(Frequency) Type 20k EAVR20 0.5 EAWE05 (Customers assemble them
1ph 100V (50/60Hz) 110V(60Hz) BASA Used with Socket-type speed 1.0 EAWE10 by themselves).
controllers.
1ph 200V (50/60Hz) 220V(60Hz) BASC 1.5 EAWE15
1ph 220V (50Hz) 240V(50Hz) BASD 2.0 EAWE20
CR circuits for surge voltage absorber Used with unit-type speed controllers.
Mounting plate Voltage symbol Type
Capacity Size Type 250 EACR25
6W 60mm G6FM 500 EACR50
15W 70mm G7FM Used with Socket-type speed controllers.
25W 80mm G8FM
40W 90mm G9AFM External resistors for braking
60,90W 90mm G9BFM Type Resistor() Rating power
EABR10H10 10k 10W
Used with Socket-type speed controllers.

7
Astero line up

8
TM

Induction motors

Induction motors

Most widely-used gear motors

Used for constant-speed operation.

Stop naturally using load torque (can be
stopped quickly using separately-sold brake
packs).

Motor must be completely stopped before
motor operation direction can be switched.

Lead wires type.

Time rating: Continuous

Gear head and induction motor are sold separately.

TM

6W P.14

15W P.16

25W P.18

40W P.20

60W P.22

90W P.24

9
Overview
Overview
Induction motors
Overview of induction motors (Standard specifications)
Induction

Table 1. Induction motor standard specifications


Induction motor standard specifications
Item Single-phase motor 3-phase motor
Reversible
Capacity range 6 ~ 90 W 4 poles 25 ~ 90 W 4 poles
Protection method 6 ~ 40 W: IP23 25 ~ 40 W: IP23
Totally enclosed non ventilated type Totally enclosed non ventilated type
Electromagnetic
brakes 60 W~: IP23 60 W~: IP23
Enclosure Totally enclosed fun cooled type Totally enclosed fun cooled type
Terminal 100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz 200V 50/60Hz220V 50/60Hz
boxes

115V 60Hz
Speed
controller
(Overview) Power source
200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz 380V 50/60Hz400V 50/60Hz

Unit type 220240V 50Hz 415V 50/60Hz440V 50/60Hz

CE Marking, Class E (120C) CE Marking, Class E (120C)


Socket type Insulation UL Standard, Class A (105C) UL Standard, Class A (105C)

Speed
controller Time rating Continuous Continuous
(Induction)
Motor

Speed
Starting method Condenser running Direct start
controller
(Reversible)
Lead wires 6W4wires(220~240V/50Hz 3wires) 3wires
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
(Number of lead wire) 15~90W5wires(220~240V/50Hz 3wires) UL Style 3271 20 AWG
magnetic brake)
UL Style 3266 20AWG

Brake Packs
Standards CE Mark (Low Voltage Directive), UL Standard

Insulation resistance At least 100 M when measured with a 500 VDC megger between the motor coil and case at
Options
normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated operation.

Technical
Information Insulation withstand No malfunction when a 1500 V, 50/60 Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case
voltage for 1 minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated operation.

The temperature rise value (T) should be no more than 60C (no more than 45C for motors
Overview
Temperature rise with fans) when measured by the prescribed method after the motor has reached the rated
operation.
6W Overheating protector (TP) Built-in thermal protector (auto-restore type) Release: 120 5C, Restore: 77 5C
Paint Gear

15W Lubrication method Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.

25W Color Astero silver

Locations Indoors (Minimal dust and humidity)


Ambient conditions

40W
Temperature -10 to 40C
Humidity Under 85%
60W
Elevation Under 1,000 m

Atmosphere Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.
90W

10
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of induction motors (Selection procedure)

Determine equivalent transmitted torque (Te)

Actual torque transmitted by gear


Determine service factor (SF) See service factor table (p. 12) motor's output shaft (N m)

Determine equivalent transmitted torque Te : Equivalent transmitted


torque (N m)

Make initial model selection.

Power frequency30 iReduction ratio


Determine reduction ratio i
Output motor speed

Check gear head allowable torque on relevant page P.14~P.24

Make initial gear head selection Select model for which TeTout. Tout: Allowable torque of gear head (N m)

Make initial motor selection Select motor with same gear head size Select the motor one size larger

Check motor's starting torque

: Gear head efficiency. See Table 5 on p. 180


TMTe/(i/100) TM : Te converted to motor shaft torque (N m)
Convert equivalent transmitted torque to motor shaft torque
TMSTM/0.8 TMS : Motor starting torque (N m)

Check motor starting torque TMS must be no more than the starting 0.8 : Safety coefficient for ensuring starting torque
torque value in the rating table

Check load inertia

Calculate load's moment of inertia See p. 13 for how to make the calculation

JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less J : Load's moment of inertia (kg m2)
than 50)
Convert it to motor shaft's moment of inertia JM = J/502 (when reduction ratio is 50 or JM : Converted motor shaft's moment of
more) inertia (kg m2)
JM must be no more than the allowable
Check allowable load inertia
load's moment of inertia given on p. 12

Check radial load.

Pr :
Shaft radial load (N)
Calculate radial load Cf :
Coupling factor
SF :
Service factor
R Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear,
:
Pr must be no more than the output pulley or other drive component (m)
Check radial load shaft's allowable radial load given in Table Pro : Output shaft's allowable radial load
7 on p. 181 (N)

Select model, dimensions.

Model specifications are given in the


Select model 'Model' column on the relevant page

Check dimensions in diagram Dimensions are shown in the diagram on


the relevant page

11
Overview
Overview
Induction motors
Overview of induction motors (Service factor)
Induction

Service factor (S. F. )


Service factors are designed for 8 hours of per day with a uniform load.
Reversible

Table 2. Service factor (S. F. )


Electromagnetic Operation
brakes Load time Up to 8 hours/day Applications
condition
Terminal Uniform load 1 Continuous load in one direction
boxes
Moderate shock load 1.5 Frequent changes of motor direction
Speed
controller Shock load 2 Instant changes of motor direction/stops
(Overview)

Unit type
Shaft radial load and thrust load
Socket type Calculate the shaft radial load when attaching a chain sprocket or pulley.
The shaft radial load is calculated by the formula below. It must be smaller than the
Speed
controller
allowable radial load of the output shaft given table 7 on p.181.
(Induction)

Speed P Cf S.F.
controller Shaft radial load (Pr) = [N]
(Reversible) R
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
P : Actual torque transmitted by slow speed shaft (N m)
Cf : Load connection factor (see Table 3)
R : Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear, pulley or other drive component (m)
Brake Packs

Table 3. Load connection factor (Cf)


Options Type of connection Cf
Chain 1
Technical Gear 1.25
Information 1.5
Pulley

Overview
Load moment of inertia

6W
The converted motor shaft load moment of inertia is calculated by the following formula.
i : Reduction ratio
15W
JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50) J : Load moment of inertia (kg m2)
JM = J/502 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more) JM : Converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (kg m2)
25W
Note that if the motor is used with a load moment of inertia exceeding the corresponding
allowable valbe(given table4.), gears and bearings will quickly become damaged.
40W

Table 4. Allowable values for converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (10-4 kg m2)
60W
Motor size Motor power(W) 1ph 3ph
A6M06 6 0.05
90W A7M15 15 0.15
A8M25 25 0.30 0.30
A9M40 40 0.75 0.75
A9M60 60 1.00 1.00
A9M90 90 1.00 1.00

12
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of induction motors (Moment of inertia)

Calculation of moment of inertia J


(1) Moment of inertia of rotating motion
Rotating center meets gravity center Rotating center dosen't meets gravity center
Rm
Dm
1
Dm
J= 8 MD2kgm2 J=
M
4 ( 12 D +4R ) kgm
2 2 2

Mkg Mkg

Rm
Dm
1 M
( a +b
2 2

3 +4R )kgm
am
J= MD2+d2
kgm2 J= 2 2

dm 8 4
Mkg
Mkg bm

am cm
1 1
J= Ma2+b2
kgm2 J= M4L2+C2
kgm2
Mkg 12 12
bm Mkg
Lm

(2) Moment of inertia of rectilinear motion


Vm/min
Dm
2

General motion J= M
4 ( VNs ) = M4 D 2
kgm2
Nsr/min

M3kg Vm/min Dm
Horizontal motion
by conveyor
M1kg M2kg
Nsr/min
J= M
4 ( M +M
1

2
2
+M3+M4 D2 ) kgm2
Dm
M4kg
Vm/min
2 2
Horizontal motion Mkg V
by screw
Nsr/min J= M
4 Ns( ) = M4 ( P ) kgm2

ReadP(m/rev)
Nsr/min
M2kg
1
J=M1D + M2D2
2
Vertical motion kgm2
by winch Dm Vm/min 4 8
M1kg

(3) Calculation of moment of inertia at defferent rotating speeds


Ns1(r/min)
J Ns2 2

Ns2(r/min)
J = (N )J
s1
Load moment of inertia

13
6W 60mm
Overview
Induction motors
Motor specification table
Induction

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.21 1200 0.050 0.50
Reversible 1ph100 0.045 0.45
A6M06A 4 6 60 Cont. 0.19 1500 0.042 0.42 ZP CE 2. 5
1ph110 60 0.20 1550 0.040 0.40 0.055 0.55
Electromagnetic A6M06B 4 6 1ph115 60 Cont. 0.19 1500 0.042 0.42 0.055 0.55 ZP UL/CE 2.0
brakes 60 50 1200 0.050 0.50
1ph200 0.10 0.045 0.45
A6M06C 4 6 60 Cont. 1500 0.042 0.42 ZP CE 0. 7
Terminal 1ph220 60 0.10 1550 0.040 0.40 0.055 0.55
boxes
1ph220 0.08 0.050 0.50 0.050 0.50
A6M06D 4 6 50 Cont. 1200 ZP CE 0.6
1ph240 0.09 0.053 0.53 0.055 0.55
Speed
controller The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
(Overview)
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.
Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed Gear head rating torque table


controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) Gear head type: G6D
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Brake Packs Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.13 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.76 0.76 0.95
Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.9 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.7 7.7 9.7
Options
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.62 0.62 0.76
Technical Rating torque
Information Kgfcm 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.4 5.2 6.3 6.3 7.8

Gear head type: G6D


Overview
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
6W 50Hz Nm 1.14 1.36 1.52 1.72 2.06 2.57 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 11.6 13.9 15.5 17.5 21.0 26.2 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W
60Hz Nm 0.92 1.11 1.24 1.39 1.67 2.09 2.50 2.78 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 9.4 11.3 12.6 14.2 17.0 21.3 25.5 28.4 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
25W in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
40W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

60W Condenser

90W W
(8)

Voltage Capacity W T H
(4.5) Motor type Condenser type
(V) (F)
T

(mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A6M06A 2.5 DMF-25255 36 16 25
1ph110
#187
A6M06B 1ph115 2.0 DMF-25205 36 16 25
1ph200
10

A6M06C 0.7 DMF-45704 36 16 25


1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
H

A6M06D 0.6 DMF-45604 36 16 25


1ph240

14
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


60mm 6W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A6M06
Gear head type G6 D
137(147) Gear head output shaft detail
75 30(40) 32 60
Table1 32

0.015
6.5 3

0
0.5

0.1
+

8h7
70

8
.D 12

7
P.C

24

10
59.5

4- 4.5
,
22 30

Motor Table1. Gear head length


TypeA6M06 Gear head size Length (mm)
G63D G618D 30
87.7
G620D G6200D 40
75 12.7 60

6.5 2
0.5
+
70
.D
P.C
0.030
0
54h7
59.5

Lead wires length 300mm 4- 4.5 ,


UL3266 AWG NO.20 22 30

Intermediate gear head Table2. Weight


Type: G6XH10 Weight(kg)
(38.7)
Motor 0.70
G63D
26 12.7 60 0.24
G618D
Gear head

2
G620D
70
0.5
+
0.30
P.C.D G640D
0.030

G650D
0

0.33
54h7

G6200D
Intermediate gear head 0.18

4- 4.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.11
A6M06A A6M06B A6M06C A6M06D
CW CCW CW,CCW Options: p.169

Black Black Standard specifications: p.10


Black
Brown Gray CW
CW Technical information: p.175
M White M White
M White
CW
CCW Brown Cap.
Gray Cap. CCW Brown Cap. CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may
be unsuccessful, or may take some time

15
15W 70mm
Overview
Induction motors
Motor specification table
Induction

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.35 1250 0.120 1.20
Reversible 1ph100 0.090 0.90
A7M15A 4 15 60 Cont. 0.34 1550 0.100 1.00 TP CE 5.0
1ph110 60 0.34 1600 0.100 1.00 0.110 1.10
Electromagnetic A7M15B 4 15 1ph115 60 Cont. 0.30 1600 0.100 1.00 0.090 0.90 TP UL/CE 4.0
brakes
70 50 0.19 1200 0.125 1.25
1ph200 0.090 0.90
A7M15C 4 15 60 Cont. 0.18 1500 0.120 1.20 TP CE 1. 2
Terminal
boxes 1ph220 60 0.19 1550 0.110 1.10 0.110 1.10
1ph220 0.16 0.125 1.25 0.075 0.75
A7M15D 4 15 50 Cont. 1200 TP CE 0.9
Speed 1ph240 0.18 0.135 1.35 0.090 0.90
controller
(Overview) The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Unit type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller
Gear head rating torque table
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) Gear head type: G7K
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Brake Packs Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.31 0.38 0.53 0.64 0.79 0.95 1.06 1.32 1.59 1.90 1.90 2.37
Options Kgfcm 3.2 3.9 5.4 6.5 8.1 9.7 10.8 13.5 16.2 19.4 19.4 24.2
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Technical 60Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.29 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.89 0.99 1.25 1.49 1.79 1.79 2.24
Information Kgfcm 3.0 3.6 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.1 12.7 15.2 18.2 18.2 22.8

Gear head type: G7K


Overview
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
6W 50Hz Nm 2.85 3.42 3.81 4.28 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Rating torque
Kgfcm 29.1 34.9 38.8 43.6 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.68 3.22 3.58 4.02 4.83 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 27.3 32.8 36.5 41.0 49.2 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
25W in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
40W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

60W Condenser

90W W
(8)

Motor type Voltage Capacity Condenser type


W T H
(4.5)

(V) (F) (mm) (mm) (mm)


T

1ph100
A7M15A 5.0 DMF-25505 38 19 29
1ph110
#187
A7M15B 1ph115 4.0 DMF-25405 38 19 29
1ph200
10

A7M15C 1.2 DMF-45125 36 16 25


1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
A7M15D 0.9 DMF-45904 36 16 25
H

1ph240

16
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


70mm 15W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A7M15
Gear head type G7 K
144(154)
Gear head output shaft detail
80 32(42) 32 70

0.015
Table1 32

0
0.1
7 3 2.5

10
0

10h7

0.03
0.5
+ 25

0
82

4
.D
P.C

30

15
23
69

, key size
4- 5.5 22 30
25 + 0.2

0.03
0
4 0.03
Motor

0
4
TypeA7M15
93.4

80 13.4 70

7 2
+0.5
82
P.C
.D Table1. Gear head length
0.030

Gear head size Length(mm)


0
64h7
69

G73K G718K 32
G720K G7200K 42

,
Lead wires length 300mm 4- 5.5 22 30
UL3266 AWG NO.20
Table2. Weight
Intermediate gear head Weight(kg)
Type: G7XH10 Motor 1.04
(43.4) G73K
0.38
13.4 G718K
Gear head

30 70
2 G720K
+ 0.5
82 0.47
D G740K
P.C.
G750K
64h7 00.030

0.52
G7200K
Intermediate gear head 0.32

4 5.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.11
A7M15A A7M15B A7M15C A7M15D
Options: p.169
CW CCW CW,CCW
TP Black TP Black Standard specifications: p.10
Orange TP Black
Orange
CW
CW
Brown Gray Technical information: p.175
M White
M White
M White
CCW
CW
Cap.
Brown
Gray Cap. CCW
CCW
Brown Cap.

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

17
25W 80mm
Overview
Induction motors
Motor specification table
Induction

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.57 1250 0.200 2.00
1ph100 0.145 1.45
A8M25A 4 25 60 Cont. 0.52 1550 0.165 1.65 TP CE 6.0
1ph110 60 0.51 1600 0.160 1.60 0.180 1.80
A8M25B 4 25 1ph115 60 Cont. 0.59 1500 0.170 1.70 0.120 1.20 TP UL/CE 4.5
50 0.30 1250 0.200 2.00
Reversible 1ph200 0.145 1.45
A8M25C 4 25 60 Cont. 0.29 1500 0.170 1.70 TP CE 1.5
1ph220 60 0.23 1550 0.165 1.65 0.180 1.80
Electromagnetic 1ph220 0.23 0.210 2.10 0.110 1.10
brakes A8M25D 4 25 50 Cont. 1200 TP CE 1.3
1ph240 0.25 0.220 2.20 0.130 1.30
50 0.25 1300 0.195 1.95 0.340 3.40
Terminal 3ph200
80 60 0.22 1550 0.165 1.65 0.270 2.70
boxes A8M25J 4 25 Cont. TP CE
50 0.26 1350 0.190 1.90 0.410 4.10
3ph220
Speed 60 0.23 1600 0.160 1.60 0.320 3.20
controller
(Overview) 50 0.14 1250 0.200 2.00 0.315 3.15
3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.12 1500 0.170 1.70 0.250 2.50
50 0.14 1250 0.210 2.10 0.350 3.50
Unit type 3ph400 Cont. TP CE
60 0.12 1500 0.180 1.80 0.275 2.75
4 25
A8M25K 3ph415
50
Cont.
0.15 1300 0.195 1.95 0.375 3.75
TP CE
Socket type 60 0.13 1550 0.165 1.65 0.300 3.00
50 0.15 1300 0.210 2.10 0.440 4.40
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
60 0.13 1550 0.180 1.80 0.340 3.40
Speed
controller
(Induction) The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Speed All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
controller
(Reversible)
Gear head rating torque table
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
Gear head type: G8K
Brake Packs
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.52 0.63 0.87 1.05 1.31 1.57 1.74 2.19 2.62 3.15 3.15 3.94
Options Rating torque
Kgfcm 5.3 6.4 8.9 10.7 13.4 16.0 17.8 22.3 26.7 32.1 32.1 40.2
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Technical
Information
60Hz Nm 0.43 0.51 0.72 0.85 1.07 1.28 1.43 1.78 2.15 2.57 2.58 3.22
Rating torque
Kgfcm 4.4 5.2 7.3 8.7 10.9 13.1 14.6 18.2 21.9 26.2 26.3 32.9

Overview Gear head type: G8K


Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
6W
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 4.72 5.66 6.29 7.12 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 48.2 57.8 64.2 72.6 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
15W Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 3.86 4.64 5.16 5.82 6.99 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 39.4 47.3 52.6 59.4 71.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
25W
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
40W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

60W
Condenser

90W W
(8)

Voltage Capacity W T H
(4.5) Motor type Condenser type
(V) (V)
T

(mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A8M25A 6.0 DMF-25605 38 19 29
#187
1ph110
A8M25B 1ph115 4.5 DMF-25455 38 19 29
10

1ph200
A8M25C 1.5 DMF-45155 36 16 25
1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
H

A8M25D 1.3 DMF-45135 36 16 25


1ph240

18
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


80mm 25W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A8M25
Gear head type G8 K
149(159.5)
32(42.5)
Gear head output shaft detail
85 32 80
Table1

0.015
7 3 32 0.1
2.5

10
0
+0.5

10h7

0.03
94 25

0
.D
P.C

4
15
79.5

34
23

,
4- 5.5 22 30 key size

0.03
Motor 25 + 0.2

0
0
4

4
0.03

TypeA8M25
98.6
85 13.6 80
7 2

Table1. Gear head length


0.030
79.5

Gear head size Length (mm)


73h7

+0.5
G83K G818K 32
94
P.C
.D G820K G8200K 42.5

,
Lead wires length 300mm 4- 5.5 22 30
1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20

Intermediate gear head Table2. Weight


Type: G8XH10 Weight(kg)
(45.6) Motor 1.46
32 13.6 80 G83K
0.43
2
G818K
Gear head

G820K
94
+0 .5
0.57
P.C.D G840K
0.030
0

G850K
73h7

0.61
G8200K
Intermediate gear head 0.43
4- 5.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.11
A8M25A A8M25B A8M25C A8M25D

CW CCW CW,CCW Options: p.169


TP Black TP Black
TP Black Standard specifications: p.10
Orange Orange
CW
Brown Gray
CW Technical information: p.175
M White
M White M White
CCW
CW
Cap.
Brown
Gray Cap. CCW Brown Cap.
CCW

A8M25J A8M25K

CW CCW CW CCW

Black(U) R Black(U) S Black(U) R Black(U) S


CW CW
White(V) S White(V) R Red(V) S Red(V) R
M TP M TP M TP M TP
CCW CCW
Gray(W) T Gray(W) T Brown(W) T Brown(W) T
TP TP TP TP

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

19
40W 90mm
Overview
Induction motors
Motor specification table
Induction

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.80 1300 0.310 3.10
1ph100 0.240 2.40
A9M40A 4 40 60 Cont. 0.85 1550 0.260 2.60 TP CE 10.0
1ph110 60 0.82 1600 0.250 2.50 0.290 2.90
A9M40B 4 40 1ph115 60 Cont. 0.91 1550 0.260 2.60 0.240 2.40 TP UL/CE 8.0
50 0.41 1300 0.310 3.10
Reversible 1ph200 0.240 2.40
A9M40C 4 40 60 Cont. 0.43 1550 0.260 2.60 TP CE 2.5
1ph220 60 0.41 1600 0.250 2.50 0.290 2.90
Electromagnetic 1ph220 0.34 0.315 3.15 0.180 1.80
brakes A9M40D 4 40 50 Cont. 1250 TP CE 2.0
1ph240 0.37 0.335 3.35 0.210 2.10
50 0.30 1300 0.310 3.10 0.490 4.90
Terminal 3ph200
90 60 0.28 1550 0.260 2.60 0.370 3.70

boxes A9M40J 4 40 Cont. TP CE
50 0.30 1350 0.300 3.00 0.590 5.90
3ph220
Speed
60 0.28 1600 0.250 2.50 0.450 4.50
controller 50 0.21 1300 0.320 3.20 0.630 6.30
(Overview) 3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.19 1550 0.270 2.70 0.485 4.85
50 0.21 1300 0.330 3.30 0.690 6.90
Unit type 3ph400 Cont. TP CE
60 0.19 1550 0.280 2.80 0.525 5.25
4 40
A9M40K 3ph415
50
Cont.
0.21 1350 0.310 3.10 0.730 7.30
TP CE
Socket type
60 0.19 1600 0.260 2.60 0.570 5.70
50 0.21 1350 0.320 3.20 0.820 8.20
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
60 0.19 1600 0.270 2.70 0.630 6.30
Speed
controller
(Induction) The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Speed All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
controller
(Reversible)

Speed control- Gear head rating torque table


ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Gear head type: G9AK


Brake Packs
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Options 50Hz Nm 0.81 0.97 1.35 1.62 2.03 2.43 2.70 3.37 4.05 4.86 4.86 6.09
Rating torque
Kgfcm 8.3 9.9 13.8 16.5 20.7 24.8 27.5 34.4 41.3 49.6 49.6 62.1
Technical Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Information
60Hz Nm 0.67 0.80 1.11 1.33 1.67 2.00 2.23 2.78 3.33 4.00 4.01 5.01
Rating torque
Kgfcm 6.8 8.2 11.3 13.6 17.0 20.4 22.7 28.4 34.0 40.8 40.9 51.1
Overview
Gear head type: G9AK
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
6W Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 7.30 8.76 9.73 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
15W Kgfcm 74.5 89.4 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 6.01 7.21 8.02 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
25W Rating torque
Kgfcm 61.3 73.6 81.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
40W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

60W Condenser

90W W

Voltage Capacity
(8)

W T H
(4.5) Motor type Condenser type
(V) (F) (mm) (mm) (mm)
T

1ph100
A9M40A 10.0 DMF-251006 47 19 28
1ph110
#187
A9M40B 1ph115 8.0 DMF-25805 48 21 33
1ph200
10

A9M40C 2.5 DMF-45255 47 19 28


1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
H

A9M40D 2.0 DMF-45205 38 19 29


1ph240

20
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 40W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9M40
Gear head type G9A K

179(197) Gear head output shaft detail


105 42(60)1 32 90
table1

0.018
7 3 32 0.1
2.5

12
0

12h7

0.03
+0.5
104 25

0
.D

4
P.C

36

18
87.5

23

,
4- 6.5
22 30 key size
Motor
TypeA9M40

0.03
0
25 + 0.2 4 0

4
0.03

123.5
105 18.5 90
7 2
0.035
0
87.5

83h7

Table1. Gear head lenght


0.5
+
104 Gear head size Length(mm)
.D
P.C
G9A3KG9A18K 42
,
G9A20KG9A200K 60
Lead wires length 300mm 4- 6.5
22 30
1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20

Intermediate gear head Table2. Weight


Type: G9AXH10 Weight(kg)
(55.5) Motor 2.30
37 18.5 90 G9A3K
2 0.73
G9A18K
Gear head

104
+0 .5 G9A20K
P.C.D
1.03
G9A40K
0.035
0

G9A50K
83h7

1.13
G9A200K
Intermediate gear head 0.60

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.31
A9M40A A9M40B A9M40C A9M40D

CW CCW CW,CCW Options: p.169


TP Black TP Black
Orange TP Black Standard specifications: p.28
Orange
CW
Brown Gray
CW Technical information: p.175
M White
M White M White CW
Cap.
CCW
Brown
Gray Cap. CCW Brown Cap. CCW

A9M40J A9M40K

CW CCW CW CCW

Black(U) R Black(U) S Black(U) R Black(U) S


CW CW
White(V) S White(V) R R
Red(V) S Red(V)
M TP M TP M TP M TP
CCW CCW
Gray(W) T Gray(W) T Brown(W) T Brown(W) T
TP TP TP TP

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

21
60W 90mm
Overview
Induction motors
Motor specification table
Induction

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 1.26 1300 0.460 4.60
1ph100 0.340 3.40
A9M60AH 4 60 60 Cont. 1.37 1550 0.390 3.90 TP CE 15.0
1ph110 60 1.35 1600 0.380 3.80 0.480 4.80
A9M60BH 4 60 1ph115 60 Cont. 1.20 1550 0.400 4.00 0.320 3.20 TP UL/CE 12.0
50 0.65 1300 0.470 4.70
1ph200 0.385 3.85
Reversible A9M60CH 4 60 60 Cont. 0.70 1550 0.400 4.00 TP CE 4. 0
1ph220 60 0.68 1600 0.390 3.90 0.480 4.80
1ph220 0.47 0.460 4.60 0.320 3.20
Electromagnetic A9M60DH 4 60 50 Cont. 1300 TP CE 3.5
brakes 1ph240 0.50 0.490 4.90 0.390 3.90
50 0.46 1300 0.460 4.60 0.710 7.10
3ph200 Cont.
Terminal 90 60 0.42 1550 0.390 3.90 0.540 5.40
boxes A9M60JH 4 60 TP CE
50 0.46 1350 0.440 4.40 0.860 8.60
3ph220 Cont.
60 0.41 1600 0.390 3.90 0.680 6.80
Speed
controller 50 0.27 1300 0.460 4.60 0.825 8.25
(Overview) 3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.24 1550 0.390 3.90 0.650 6.50
50 0.29 1300 0.470 4.70 0.930 9.30
Unit type
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
60 0.25 1550 0.400 4.00 0.735 7.35
4 60
A9M60KH 3ph415
50
Cont.
0.27 1350 0.460 4.60 0.995 9.95
TP CE
60 0.23 1600 0.380 3.80 0.750 7.50
Socket type
50 0.31 1350 0.470 4.70 1.075 10.75
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
60 0.25 1600 0.390 3.90 0.840 8.40
Speed
controller The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
(Induction)
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
Gear head rating torque table
magnetic brake)

Gear head type:


Brake Packs
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Options 50Hz Nm 1.20 1.43 1.99 2.38 2.99 3.58 3.97 4.47 5.37 6.44 7.15 8.09
Rating torque
Kgfcm 12.2 14.6 20.3 24.3 30.4 36.5 40.5 45.6 54.8 65.7 73.0 82.5
Technical Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Information
60Hz Nm 0.95 1.15 1.59 1.90 2.38 2.86 3.18 3.58 4.29 5.16 5.72 6.47
Rating torque
Kgfcm 9.7 11.7 16.2 19.4 24.3 29.2 32.4 36.5 43.8 52.6 58.4 66.0
Overview
Gear head type:
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
6W Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 9.70 11.66 12.94 16.17 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Kgfcm 99.0 119.0 132.0 165.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
15W
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 7.76 9.31 10.39 12.94 15.48 17.35 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
25W Kgfcm 79.2 95.0 106.0 132.0 158.0 177.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
= in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
40W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

60W Condenser
W
(8)

90W Voltage Capacity W T H


(4.5)
Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) (F) (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
#187
A9M60AH 15.0 DMF-251506 50 25 40
1ph110
A9M60BH 1ph115 12.0 DMF-251206 48 21 33
10

1ph200
MARKING A9M60CH 4.0 DMF-45405 48 21 33
H

1ph220
1ph220
A9M60DH 3.5 DMF-45355 48 21 33
1ph240

22
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 60W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9M60 H
Gear head type G9B KH
226.3
122.8 65.5 38
Gear head output shaft detail
90
32 38

0.018
7 7

0
27.5 0.1

15
3

15h7

0.03
+ 0.5 0
104

0
Tap

5
.D
P.C M510 Depth

34 25

18
90

4- 6.5
, key size
Motor 22 30

0.03
27.5 + 0.2 0

0
5 0.03

5
TypeA9M60 H
143.8
122.8 21
90
32
7 2
+ 0.5
104
P.C
.D Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)
0.035
0
90

83h7

Motor 2.44
G9B3KH
1.21
G9B10KH

Gear head
4- 6.5 G9B12.5KH
1.30
, G9B20KH
Lead wires length 300mm 22 30
1ph UL3266 AWG No.20 G9B25KH
3ph UL3271 AWG No.20 1.40
G9B60KH
Intermediate gear head G9B75KH
1.45
G9B200KH
Type: G9BXH10H
Intermediate gear head 0.65
(61)
40 21
2 90
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.11
A9M60AH A9M60BH A9M60CH A9M60DH

CW CCW CW,CCW Options: p.169

TP Black TP Black
TP
Standard specifications: p.10
Black
Orange Orange
CW
CW
Brown Gray Technical information: p.175
M White
M White M White
CCW
Brown
CW
Cap.
CCW
Gray Cap. CCW Brown Cap.

A9M60JH A9M60KH

CW CCW CW CCW

Black(U) R Black(U) S Black(U) R Black(U) S


CW CW
White(V) S White(V) R Red(V) S Red(V) R
M TP M TP M TP M TP
CCW CCW
Gray(W) T Gray(W) T Brown(W) T Brown(W) T
TP TP TP TP

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

23
90W 90mm
Overview
Induction motors
Motor specification table
Induction

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 1.80 1300 0.690 6.90
1ph100 0.500 5.00
A9M90AH 4 90 60 Cont. 2.00 1550 0.580 5.80 TP CE 25.0
1ph110 60 2.00 1600 0.560 5.60 0.570 5.70
A9M90BH 4 90 1ph115 60 Cont. 1.80 1550 0.600 6.00 0.500 5.00 TP UL/CE 20.0
50 0.90 1300 0.690 6.90
1ph200 0.500 5.00
Reversible A9M90CH 4 90 60 Cont. 1.00 1550 0.580 5.80 TP CE 6.0
1ph220 60 1.00 1600 0.560 5.60 0.570 5.70
1ph220 0.68 0.690 6.90 0.480 4.80
Electromagnetic A9M90DH 4 90 50 Cont. 1300 TP CE 5.0
brakes 1ph240 0.72 0.720 7.20 0.520 5.20
50 0.63 1300 0.690 6.90 1.010 10.10
3ph200 Cont.
Terminal 90 60 0.60 1550 0.600 6.00 0.760 7.60
boxes A9M90JH 4 90 TP CE
50 0.63 1350 0.680 6.80 1.250 12.50
3ph220 Cont.
60 0.60 1600 0.570 5.70 0.960 9.60
Speed
controller 50 0.32 1300 0.680 6.80 1.055 10.55
(Overview) 3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.30 1550 0.570 5.70 0.820 8.20
50 0.35 1300 0.690 6.90 1.170 11.70
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
Unit type 60 0.32 1550 0.580 5.80 0.890 8.90
4 90
A9M90KH 3ph415
50
Cont.
0.33 1350 0.680 6.80 1.200 12.00
TP CE
60 0.29 1600 0.570 5.70 0.950 9.50
Socket type 50 0.35 1350 0.690 6.90 1.330 13.30
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
60 0.31 1600 0.580 5.80 1.050 10.50
Speed The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
controller
(Induction) The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Speed control- Gear head rating torque table


ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Gear head type: G9BKH


Brake Packs
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Options 50Hz Nm 1.78 2.15 2.98 3.58 4.47 5.36 5.96 6.70 8.05 9.66 10.78 12.15
Rating torque
Kgfcm 18.2 21.9 30.4 36.5 45.6 54.7 60.8 68.4 82.1 98.6 110.0 124.0
Technical Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Information 60Hz Nm 1.43 1.72 2.38 2.86 3.58 4.68 4.76 5.37 6.44 7.72 8.59 9.70
Rating torque
Kgfcm 14.6 17.5 24.3 29.2 36.5 43.7 48.6 54.8 65.7 78.8 87.6 99.0
Overview
Gear head type: G9BKH
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
6W Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 14.60 17.44 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
Kgfcm 149.0 178.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
15W
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 11.66 14.01 15.48 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
25W Kgfcm 119.0 143.0 158.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


40W When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

60W Condenser

90W W
(8)

Voltage Capacity W T H
(4.5) Motor type Condenser type
(V) (F)
T

(mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A9M90AH 25.0 DMF-252506 58 36 39
#187
1ph110
A9M90BH 1ph115 20.0 DMF-252006 58 36 39
1ph200
10

A9M90CH 6.0 DMF-45605 50 25 40


1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
H

A9M90DH 5.0 DMF-45505 50 25 40


1ph240

24
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 90W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9M90 H
Gear head type G9B KH
241.3
137.8 65.5 38 Gear head output shaft detail
90
32

0.018
7 7 38

0
15h7
+ 0.5 27.5 0.1
104

15
3

0.03
0

0
.D Tap
P.C

5
M510 Depth
34

18
90

25

4- 6.5
Motor , key size
22 30

0.03
TypeA9M90 27.5 +0.2 0

0
5 0.03

5
158.8
137.8 21
90
32
7 2
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C
Table1. Weight
0.035
0
90

Weight(kg)
83h7

Motor 2.93
G9B3KH
1.21
G9B10KH
4- 6.5
G9B12.5KH
Gear head
,
Lead wires length 300mm 22 30 1.30
1ph UL3266 AWG No.20
G9B20KH
3ph UL3271 AWG No.20 G9B25KH
1.40
G9B60KH
Intermediate gear head
G9B75KH
Type: G9BXH10H 1.45
G9B200KH
(61) Intermediate gear head 0.65
40 21
2 90
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram Related information


A9M90AH A9M90BH A9M90CH A9M90DH
Selection procedure: p.11
CW CCW CW,CCW Options: p.169
TP Black TP Black
Orange Orange
TP Black Standard specifications: p.10
CW
Brown Gray
CW Technical information: p.175
M White
M White M White
CCW
Brown
CW
Cap.
CCW
Gray Cap. CCW Brown Cap.

A9M90JH A9M90KH

CW CCW CW CCW

Black(U) R Black(U) S Black(U) R Black(U) S


CW CW
White(V) S White(V) R Red(V) S Red(V) R
M TP M TP M TP M TP
CCW CCW
Gray(W) T Gray(W) T Brown(W) T Brown(W) T
TP TP TP TP

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful, or may take
Related information
some time

25
MEMO

26
TM

Reversible motors

Reversible motors
Rotating direction of reversible motors can be
changed immediately.
Used for constant-speed operation.

Simple built-in brake enables rapid stopping,

but when large stored torque is required,


model with electromagnetic brake should be
used.
Lead wires type.

Time rating: Short-time (30 minutes)

Gear head and reversible motor are sold separately.

TM

6W P.34

15W P.36

25W P.38

40W P.40

60W P.42

90W P.44

27
Overview
Overview
Reversible Motors
Induction

Overview of reversible motors (Standard specifications)


Reversible

Table 1. Reversible motors standard specifications


Reversible motors standard specifications
Item
Single-phase motor
Capacity range 6 ~ 90 W 4 poles

Protection method 6 ~ 40 W: IP23 Totallyenclosed non ventilated type

Electromagnetic Enclosure 60 W ~: IP23 Totallyenclosed fan cooled type


brakes

100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz


Terminal
boxes 115V 60Hz
Power source
Speed
controller 200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz
(Overview)
220240V 50Hz
Unit type

CE Marking, Class E120
Insulation
Motor

Socket type UL Standard, Class A 105

Speed Time rating Short-time(30minutes)


controller
(Induction)
Starting method Condenser running
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
3wires
Lead wires UL Style 3266 20 AWG
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Standards CE Marking (Low Voltage Directive), UL Standard


Brake Packs
Insulation At least 100 M when measured with a 500 VDC megger between the motor coil and case at
resistance normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated operation.
Options
Insulation withstand No malfunction when a 1500 V, 50/60 Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case for 1
Technical voltage minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated operation.
Information
Temperature The temperature rise value (T) should be no more than 60C (no more than 45C for motors with
rise fans) when measured by the prescribed method after the motor has reached the rated operation.
Overheating
Overview
protector (TP) Built-in thermal protector (auto-restore type)Release: 1205, Restore: 775
Gear

Lubrication Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.


6W
method
Paint

15W
Color Astero silver

25W Locations Indoors (MInimal dust and humidity)


Ambient conditions

Temperature -10 to 40
40W
Humidity Under 85%
60W Elevation Under 1,000 m

Atmosphere Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.
90W

28
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of reversible motors (Structure)

(1) Structure and operating principle


Reversible motors have a simple built-in braking into the rear of the
motor shaft, making them ideal for applications requiring rapid and
frequent changes in direction.
As shown in Fig1, the simple built-in braking structure uses a coil
spring to slide a brake shoe on a brake plate while applying
continual pressure. The simple built-in brakes of reversible motors
have the following features: Coil spring

Cover

(1) Apply frictional load to improve instant reversibility characteristic. Brake shoe

(2) Enable small overruns. Brake plate

(3) Can store torque to a limited degree (about 10% of rating torque).

Table 2 lists the stored torque and overrun of simple built-in brakes. Fig1. Structure of reversible motor
These values vary according to the operation time and temperature,
so should be used as reference values.
Note that during initial use, stored torque may be lower than the
values in Table 2.

Table 2. Stored torque and overrun


No. of Frame size Output power Stored torque Over run
Motor type
Phase mmsq) (Ncm) (kgfcm) (Rev.)
60 6 A6R06A 0.5 0.05 4
70 15 A7R15A 1.3 0.13 5
Single
80 25 A8R25A 1.5 0.15 5
-phase
40 A9R40A
90 60 A9R60AH 4.0 0.40 6
90 A9R90AH

Like induction motors, reversible motors are condenser run-


type single-phase induction motors. Their motor
Reversible motors
speed/torque characteristic is the same as for induction
motors.
However, as shown in Figure 2, reversible motors have a
Torque(Nm)

higher starting torque setting than induction motors, to


Induction motors
improve their instant reversibility characteristic. As a result,
they have high input losses and higher temperature rises
than induction motors, so have a time rating of 30 minutes.

Motor speed(r/min)
Values for characteristic table items such as rating torque,
starting torque and current characteristic are valid when the Fig
2. Motor speed-Torque characteristics
brake shoe has been attached to the motor.

29
Overview
Overview
Reversible Motors
Induction

Overview of reversible motors


(2) Operation time and temperature rise
Reversible

The temperature rise in a reversible motor depends on the operation cycle. Some operation
cycles allow the motor to be used longer than the time rating (30 minutes).
Figures 4 to 9 show the temperature rise characteristic corresponding to each of the six
operation cycles (A to F) shown in Fig 3. These characteristics are for no-load operation
(creating the most extreme temperature rise).

When using the motor, select the pattern in Fig 3 that most closely matches the
Electromagnetic operation cycle you will use. Make sure the temperature doesn't rise to more than 60, as
brakes
shown in the corresponding temperature rise characteristic graph in Figures 4 to 9.
Terminal
boxes

Speed Fig3. Running cycle of reversible motors


controller
(Overview) Run Stop
A 1S Run1S StopOne direction
1Sec 1Sec 1Sec
Unit type B 2S Run2S StopBoth direction

C 2S Run1S Stop
Socket type

D 1S CW Run1S CCW Run1S Stop


Speed
controller
(Induction)
E 2S CW Run1S CCW Run1S Stop
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
F Continuous Run
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
Fig 4 Fig 5
6W 15W
Brake Packs
80 80
F
70 70
Temperature rise

Temperature rise

Options 60 60
E
50 E 50
D
D A
40 C 40
C
Technical A B
30 B 30
Information
20 20

10 10

0 0
Overview 60 120 180 240 60 120 180 240
Running timemin. Running timemin.

Fig 6 Fig 7
6W 25W 40W
80 80
F E
70 F 70 D
Temperature rise

Temperature rise

E C
15W 60 C
D
60
A
50 50
A B
B
40 40

25W 30 30

20 20

10
10
0
40W 0
60 120 180 240 60 120 180 240
Running timemin.
Running timemin.
Fig 8 Fig 9
60W 60W 90W

80 80

70 70
90W F
Temperature rise

Temperature rise

60 60
E F
D E
50 50 C
C
A D
40 40
B A
B
30 30

20 20

10 10

0 0

60 120 180 240 60 120 180 240

Running timemin. Running timemin.

30
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of reversible motors (selection procedure)

Determine equivalent transmitted torque (Te)

Actual torque transmitted by


Determine service factor (SF) See service factor table (p. 32) gear motor's output shaftNm

Determine equivalent transmitted torque (Te) Te S.F. TeEquivalent transmitted torqu


Nm

Make initial model selection

Determine reduction ratio Power frequency x 30 Reduction ratio


Gear head output shaft speed

Check gear head rating torque on relevant page P.34~P.45

Select model for which TeTout Tout: Allowable torque of gear head
Make initial gear head selection
Nm

Make initial motor selection Select motor with same gear head size Select the motor
one size larger.
Check operation time and Check temperature rise determined by
temperature rise motor size and operation cycle (see p. 30)

Check motor's starting torque

Gear head efficiency. See Table 5 on p. 180.


Convert equivalent transmitted Te / (/100)
Te converted to motor shaft torqueNm
torque to motor shaft torque MS / 0.8
MSMotor starting torqueNm
Check motor starting torque TMS must be no more than the starting 0.8Safety coefficient for ensuring starting torque
torque in the rating table

Check load inertia

Calculate load's moment of inertia See p. 32 for how to make the calculation
2
JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50) J: Load's moment of inertiakgm
Convert it to motor shaft's moment of inertia
JM = J/502 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more) JM: Converted motor shaft's moment of inertia
2
kgm
Check allowable load inertia JM must be no more than the allowable value
of the load's moment of inertia given on p.12

Check radial load

Pr: Shaft radial loadN


Calculate radial load r f.. / Cf: Load connection factor
S.F.: Service factor
Check radial load Pr must be no more than the output shaft's R: Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear,
allowable radial load given in Table 7 on p. 181 pulley or other drive componentm
Pro: Output shaft's allowable radial loadN

Select model & dimensions

Select model Model specifications are given in the


'Model' column on the relevant page
Check dimensions in diagram Dimensions are shown in the diagram
on the relevant page

31
Overview
Overview
Reversible Motors
Induction

Overview of reversible motorsService factor


Reversible

Service factor (S. F. )


Service factors are designed for 8 hours of per day with a uniform load.

Table 3. Service factor (S. F. )


Operation
Load time Up to 8 hours/day Applications
condition
Electromagnetic Uniform load 1 Continuous load in one direction
brakes

Moderate shock load 1.5 Frequent changes of motor direction


Terminal
boxes Shock load 2 Instant changes of motor direction/stops

Speed
controller
(Overview)
Shaft radial load and thrust load
Unit type
Calculate the shaft radial load when attaching a chain sprocket or pulley.
The shaft radial load is calculated by the formula below. It must be smaller than the
Socket type allowable radial load of the output shaft given table 7 on P.181.

Speed
controller P Cf S.F.
(Induction) Shaft radial load (Pr) = [N]
R
Speed
controller
(Reversible) P : Actual torque transmitted by slow speed shaft (Nm)
Cf : Load connection factor (see Table 4)
Speed control-
ler (Electro- R : Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear, pulley or other drive
magnetic brake)

Table 4. Load connection factor (Cf)


Brake Packs
Type of connection Cf
Chain 1
Options Gear 1.25
Pulley 1.5
Technical
Information
Load moment of inertia
Overview

The converted motor shaft load moment of inertia is calculated by the following formula:
6W i : Reduction ratio
JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50) J : Load moment of inertia (kgm2)
JM = J/50 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more) JM : Converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (kgm2)
2

15W
Note that if the motor is used with a load moment of inertia exceeding the corresponding
25W
allowable valbe(given table5.)gears and bearings will quickly become damaged.

40W
Table 5. Allowable values for converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (10-4 kgm2)
Motor size Motor power (W) 1ph 3ph
60W A6M06 6 0.05
A7M15 15 0.15
A8M25 25 0.30 0.30
90W A9M40 40 0.75 0.75
A9M60 60 1.00 1.00
A9M90 90 1.00 1.00

32
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of reversible motorsMoment of inertia

Calculation of moment of inertia J

(1) Moment of inertia of rotating motion


Rotating center meets gravity center Rotating center dosen't meets gravity center
Rm
Dm
1
Dm
J= 8 MD2kgm2 J=
M
4 ( 12 D +4R ) kgm
2 2 2

Mkg Mkg

Rm
Dm
1 M
( a +b
2 2

3 +4R )kgm
am
J= MD2+d2
kgm2 J= 2 2

dm 8 4
Mkg
Mkg bm

am cm
1 1
J= Ma2+b2
kgm2 J= M4L2+C2
kgm2
Mkg 12 12
bm Mkg
Lm

(2) Moment of inertia of rectilinear motion


Vm/min
Dm
2

General motion J= M
4 ( VNs ) = M4 D 2
kgm2
Nsr/min

M3kg Vm/min Dm
Horizontal motion
by conveyor
M1kg M2kg
Nsr/min
J= M
4 ( M +M
1

2
2
+M3+M4 D2 ) kgm2
Dm
M4kg
Vm/min
2 2
Horizontal motion Mkg V
by screw
Nsr/min J= M
4 (
Ns ) = M4 ( P ) kgm2

ReadP(m/rev)
Nsr/min
M2kg
1
J=M1D + M2D2
2
Vertical motion kgm2
by winch Dm Vm/min 4 8
M1kg

(3) Calculation of moment of inertia at defferent rotating speeds


Ns1(r/min)
J Ns2 2

Ns2(r/min)
J = (N )J
s1
Load moment of inertia

33
6W 60mm
Overview
Reversible Motors
Induction
Motor specification table
Reversible

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time heating Standard Condenser
Starting torque
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 1200 0.050 0.50
1ph100 0.21 0.045 0.45
A6R06A 4 6 60 30Min. 1500 0.042 0.42 ZP CE 3.0
1ph110 60 0.22 1550 0.040 0.40 0.060 0.60
Electromagnetic
brakes A6R06B 4 6 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.18 1500 0.042 0.42 0.050 0.50 ZP UL/CE 2.3
60 50 1200 0.045 0.45
1ph200 0.10 0.053 0.53
A6R06C 4 6 60 30Min. 1500 0.042 0.42 ZP CE 0.8
Terminal
boxes 1ph220 60 0.11 1550 0.040 0.40 0.060 0.60
5.8 1ph220 0.09 0.047 0.47 0.050 0.50
A6R06D 4 50 30Min. 1200 ZP CE 0.7
Speed 6 1ph240 0.10 0.050 0.50 0.055 0.55
controller
(Overview)
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Unit type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed Gear head rating torque table


controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
Gear head type: G6D
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Brake Packs 50Hz Nm 0.13 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.76 0.76 0.95
Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.9 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.7 7.7 9.7
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Options
60Hz Nm 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.62 0.62 0.76
Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.4 5.2 6.3 6.3 7.8
Technical
Information
Gear head type: G6D
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Overview Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 1.14 1.36 1.52 1.72 2.06 2.57 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
6W Kgfcm 11.6 13.9 15.5 17.5 21.0 26.2 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 0.92 1.11 1.24 1.39 1.67 2.09 2.50 2.78 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
15W Rating torque
Kgfcm 9.4 11.3 12.6 14.2 17.0 21.3 25.5 28.4 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
25W a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.
40W
Condenser
60W

90W
(8)

Voltage Capacity W T H
(4.5) Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A6R06A 3.0 DMF-25305 36 16 25
#187
1ph110
A6R06B 1ph115 2.3 DMF-25235 36 16 25
10

1ph200
A6R06C 0.8 DMF-45804 36 16 25
1ph220
MARKING
1ph220
H

A6R06D 0.7 DMF-45704 36 16 25


1ph240

34
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


60mm 6W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A6R06
Gear head type G6 D

141.8(151.8) Gear head output shaft detail


4.8 75 30(40) 32 60 32

0.015
Table1

0
6.5 3

0.1
0
8h7

8
0.5 12

7
+
70
.D
P.C

24

10
59.5

4- 4.5

,
Motor 22 30 Table1. Gear head length
TypeA6R06 Gear head size Length (mm)
(92.5)
G63D G618D 30
4.8 75 12.7
60 G620D G6200D 40
6.5 2
+ 0.5
70
D
P.C.
0.030
5 9.5

0
54h7

Table2. Weight
4- 4.5 Weight(kg)
Lead wires length 300mm
UL3266 AWG NO. 20 , Motor 0.70
22 30
G63D
0.24
Intermediate gear head G618D
Gear head

Type: G6XH10 G620D


0.30
(38.7)
G640D
G650D
26 12.7
60 0.33
2
G6200D
+ 0.5
70 Intermediate gear head 0.18
D
P.C.
0.030
0
54h7

4 4.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.31
A6R06A A6R06B A6R06C A6R06D
CW,CCW CW,CCW Options: p.169

Black Black Standard specifications: p.28


CW CW
White White Technical information: p.175
M CW M CW

CCW Cap. CCW Cap.


Gray CCW Brown CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

35
15W 70mm
Overview
Reversible Motors
Induction
Motor specification table
Reversible

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque Standard
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.42 1200 0.125 1.25 0.090 0.90
1ph100
A7R15A 4 15 60 30Min. 0.42 1500 0.100 1.00 0.090 0.90 TP CE 6.0
1ph110 60 0.44 1550 0.100 1.00 0.110 1.10
Electromagnetic
brakes A7R15B 4 15 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.35 1550 0.100 1.00 0.095 0.95 TP UL/CE 4.5
70 50 0.21 1200 0.125 1.25 0.090 0.90
1ph200
A7R15C 4 15 60 30Min. 0.21 1500 0.100 1.00 0.090 0.90 TP CE 1. 5
Terminal
boxes 1ph220 60 0.22 1550 0.100 1.00 0.110 1.10
1ph220 0.17 0.125 1.25 0.090 0.90
A7R15D 4 15 50 30Min. 1200 TP CE 1.2
Speed 1ph240 0.18 0.145 1.45 0.110 1.10
controller
(Overview)
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Unit type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller
Gear head rating torque table
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
Gear head type: G7K
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Brake Packs
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.31 0.38 0.53 0.64 0.79 0.95 1.06 1.32 1.59 1.90 1.90 2.37
Kgfcm 3.2 3.9 5.4 6.5 8.1 9.7 10.8 13.5 16.2 19.4 19.4 24.2
Options Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.29 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.89 0.99 1.25 1.49 1.79 1.79 2.24
Technical Kgfcm
Information 3.0 3.6 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.1 12.7 15.2 18.2 18.2 22.8

Gear head type: G7K


Overview Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
6W 50Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.85 3.42 3.81 4.28 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 29.1 34.9 38.8 43.6 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W 60Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.68 3.22 3.58 4.02 4.83 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 27.3 32.8 36.5 41.0 49.2 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
25W
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
40W Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
60W

90W W
(8)

Voltage Capacity W T H
(4.5) Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A7R15A 6.0 DMF-25605 38 19 29
#187
1ph110
A7R15B 1ph115 4.5 DMF-25455 38 19 29
10

1ph200
A7R15C 1.5 DMF-45155 36 16 25
1ph220
MARKING
1ph220
H

A7R15D 1.2 DMF-45125 36 16 25


1ph240

36
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


70mm 15W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A7R15
Gear head type G7 K

148.8(158.8)
Gear head output shaft detail

0.015
4.8 80 32(42) 32 70 32

0
7 Table1 2.5 0.1

10
0

10h7
+ 0.5

0.03
82 25

0
.D

4
P. C

30

15
23
69

4 5.5

Motor key size


,
22 30

0.03
TypeA7R15 25 +0.2 4 0

0
0.03

4
(98.2)
4.8 80 13.4
70
7 2
P. C
.D
82 +0
.5
0.030

Table1. Gear head length


0
69

64h7

Gear head size Length(mm)


G73K G718K 32
G720K G7200K 42
4 5.5
Lead wires length 300mm
,
UL3266 AWG NO. 20
22 30

Intermediate gear head Table2. Weight


Type: G7XH10 Weight(kg)
(43.4) Motor 1.04
30 13.4 G73K
70 0.38
G718K
Gear head

2
+ 0.5
82 G720K
D
P.C. 0.47
G740K
64h7 0.030

G750K
0

0.52
G7200K
Intermediate gear head 0.32

4 5.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.31
A7R15A A7R15B A7R15C A7R15D
Options: p.169
CW,CCW CW,CCW
Standard specifications: p.28
TP Black TP Black
CW CW Technical information: p.175
White
M CW M White
CW
CCW Cap. CCW Cap
Gray CCW Brown CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

37
25W 80mm
Overview
Reversible Motors
Induction
Motor specification table
Reversible

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque Standard
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.63 1250 0.210 2.10
1ph100 0.180 1.80
A8R25A 4 25 60 30Min. 0.70 1500 0.170 1.70 TP CE 10. 0
Electromagnetic 1ph110 60 0.71 1550 0.170 1.70 0.230 2.30
brakes
A8R25B 4 25 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.63 1550 0.170 1.70 1.300 1.30 TP UL/CE 7.0
80 50 0.33 1250 0.210 2.10
1ph200 0.180 1.80
Terminal A8R25C 4 25 60 30Min. 0.33 1550 0.170 1.70 TP CE 2. 5
boxes
1ph220 60 0.35 1600 0.165 1.65 0.230 2.30
Speed 1ph220 0.26 0.200 2.00 1.700 1.70
controller A8R25D 4 25 50 30Min. 1200 TP CE 2. 0
(Overview)
1ph240 0.28 0.220 2.20 2.200 2.20
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Unit type
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed Gear head rating torque table


controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
Gear head type: G8K
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Brake Packs Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.52 0.63 0.87 1.05 1.31 1.57 1.74 2.19 2.62 3.15 3.15 3.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 5.3 6.4 8.9 10.7 13.4 16.0 17.8 22.3 26.7 32.1 32.1 40.2
Options
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.43 0.51 0.72 0.85 1.07 1.28 1.43 1.78 2.15 2.57 2.58 3.22
Technical Rating torque
Kgfcm 4.4 5.2 7.3 8.7 10.9 13.1 14.6 18.2 21.9 26.2 26.3 32.9
Information

Gear head type: G8K


Overview Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
6W 50Hz Rating torque
Nm 4.72 5.66 6.29 7.12 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 48.2 57.8 64.2 72.6 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W 60Hz Rating torque
Nm 3.86 4.64 5.16 5.82 6.99 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 39.4 47.3 52.6 59.4 71.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
25W
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
40W Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
60W

90W
(8)

Voltage Capacity W T H
(4.5) Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A8R25A 10.0 DMF-251006 47 19 28
#187
1ph110
A8R25B 1ph115 7.0 DMF-25705 48 21 33
10

1ph200
A8R25C 2.5 DMF-45255 47 19 28
1ph220
MARKING
1ph220
H

A8R25D 2.0 DMF-45205 38 19 29


1ph240

38
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


80mm 25W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A8R25
Gear head type G8 K
153.8(164.3)
Gear head output shaft detail

0.015
4.8 85 32(42.5) 32 80
32

0
7 Table1 0.1
2.5

10h7
+ 0.5

10
0
94

0.03
25
.D

0
P. C

4
15
34
79.5

23
3

4 5.5 ,
22 30

Motor key size

0.03
TypeA8R25

0
25 +0.2 4 0
0.03

4
(103.4)
4.8 85 13.6 80

7 2 P. C
.D
94 +0.5
0.030
79.5

Table1. Gear head length


73h7

Gear head size Length (mm)


G83K G818K 32
,
G820K G8200K 42.5
4 5.5
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Intermediate gear head Table2. Weight


Type: G8XH10 Weight(kg)
(45.6) Motor 1.46
32 13.6 80
G83K
2 0.43
G818K
Gear head

+0.5

D
94 G820K
P. C. 0.57
G840K
0.030
0

G850K
73h7

0.61
G8200K
Intermediate gear head 0.43
4 5.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.31
A8R25A A8R25B A8R25C A8R25D
CW,CCW CW,CCW Options: p.169

TP Black TP Black Standard specifications: p.28


CW CW

White
Technical information: p.175
M CW M White
CW
CCW Cap. CCW
Gray Cap
CCW Brown CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

39
40W 90mm
Overview
Reversible Motors
Induction
Motor specification table
Reversible

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque Standard
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.84 1300 0.300 3.00
1ph100 0.280 2.80
Electromagnetic A9R40A 4 40 60 30Min. 1.00 1550 0.260 2.60 TP CE 15. 0
brakes 1ph110 60 1.00 1600 0.250 2.50 0.350 3.50
A9R40B 4 40 1ph115 60 30Min. 1.00 1550 0.270 2.70 0.290 2.90 TP UL/CE 12.0
Terminal 90 50 0.39 1300 0.310 3.10
boxes 1ph200 0.280 2.80
A9R40C 4 40 60 30Min. 0.47 1550 0.260 2.60 TP CE 3. 5
1ph220 60 0.46 1600 0.250 2.50 0.350 3.50
Speed
controller 1ph220 0.40 0.320 3.20 0.300 3.00
(Overview) A9R40D 4 40 50 30Min. 1250 TP CE 3. 0
1ph240 0.42 0.340 3.40 0.320 3.20

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
Unit type
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed Gear head rating torque table


controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
Gear head type: G9AK
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Brake Packs Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.81 0.97 1.35 1.62 2.03 2.43 2.70 3.37 4.05 4.86 4.86 6.09
Rating torque
Kgfcm 8.3 9.9 13.8 16.5 20.7 24.8 27.5 34.4 41.3 49.6 49.6 62.1
Options
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.67 0.80 1.11 1.33 1.67 2.00 2.23 2.78 3.33 4.00 4.01 5.01
Technical Rating torque
Information Kgfcm 6.8 8.2 11.3 13.6 17.0 20.4 22.7 28.4 34.0 40.8 40.9 51.1

Gear head type: G9AK


Overview Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
6W 50Hz Nm 7.30 8.76 9.73 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Kgfcm 74.5 89.4 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W 60Hz Nm 6.01 7.21 8.02 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Kgfcm 61.3 73.6 81.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
25W
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.
40W
Condenser
60W
W
(8)

90W (4.5) Motor type


Voltage Capacity
Condenser type
W T H
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A9R40A 15.0 DMF-251506 50 25 40
#187
1ph110
A9R40B 1ph115 12.0 DMF-251206 48 21 33
10

1ph200
A9R40C 3.5 DMF-45355 48 21 33
1ph220
MARKING
1ph220
H

A9R40D 3.0 DMF-45305 47 19 28


1ph240

40
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 40W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9R40
Gear head type G9A K
183.8(201.8)
Gear head output shaft detail

0.018
4.8 105 42(60) 32 90

0
Table1 32
7 2.5 0.1

12
0

12h7
+0.5

0.03
104 25

0
D
P.C.

4
18
36
87.5

23
3

4 6.5 ,
22 30
Motor
TypeA9R40 key size
(128.3)

0.03
0
4.8 105 18.5 25 + 0.2 4 0

4
90 0.03
.5
+0
7 2
104
.D
P.C
0.035
87.5

0
83h7

Table1. Gear head length


Gear head size Length(mm)
,
G9A3KG9A18K 42
4 6.5
22 30 G9A20KG9A200K 60
Lead wires length 300mm
UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Intermediate gear head Table2. Weight


Type: G9AXH10 Weight(kg)
(55.5) Motor 2.34
37 18.5 90 G9A3K
0.73
2 G9A18K
Gear head

104
+0.5
G9A20K
P.C.D
1.03
G9A40K
0.035
0

G9A50K
1.13
83h7

G9A200K
Intermediate gear head 0.60
4 6.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.31
A9R40A A9R40B A9R40C A9R40D
CW,CCW CW,CCW Options: p.169

TP Black TP Black Standard specifications: p.28


CW CW

White
Technical information: p.175
M CW M White
CW
CCW Cap. CCW
Gray Brown Cap
CCW CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

41
60W 90mm
Overview
Reversible Motors
Induction
Motor specification table
Reversible

Frame Rating torque Over-



Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque Standard
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 1.40 1250 0.480 4.80
1ph100 0.600 6.00
A9R60AH 4 60 60 30Min. 1.60 1550 0.390 3.90 TP CE 25. 0
Electromagnetic 1ph110 60 1.60 1600 0.380 3.80 0.700 7.00
brakes
A9R60BH 4 60 1ph115 60 30Min. 1.30 1600 0.390 3.90 0.600 6.00 TP UL/CE 20.0
90 50 0.70 1250 0.480 4.80
1ph200 0.550 5.50
Terminal
boxes
A9R60CH 4 60 60 30Min. 0.76 1550 0.390 3.90 TP CE 6. 0
1ph220 60 0.75 1600 0.380 3.80 0.700 7.00
Speed 1ph220 0.63 0.480 4.80 0.590 5.90
controller A9R60DH 4 60 50 30Min. 1250 TP CE 5. 0
(Overview) 1ph240 0.67 0.500 5.00 0.630 6.30
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Unit type
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed Gear head rating torque table


controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) Gear head type:
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Brake Packs Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 1.20 1.43 1.99 2.38 2.99 3.58 3.97 4.47 5.37 6.44 7.15 8.09
Rating torque
Options
Kgfcm 12.2 14.6 20.3 24.3 30.4 36.5 40.5 45.6 54.8 65.7 73.0 82.5
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.95 1.15 1.59 1.90 2.38 2.86 3.18 3.58 4.29 5.16 5.72 6.47
Technical Rating torque
Information Kgfcm 9.7 11.7 16.2 19.4 24.3 29.2 32.4 36.5 43.8 52.6 58.4 66.0

Gear head type:


Overview
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
6W 50Hz Rating torque
Nm 9.70 11.66 12.94 16.17 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Kgfcm 99.0 119.0 132.0 165.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 7.76 9.31 10.39 12.94 15.48 17.35 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Kgfcm 79.2 95.0 106.0 132.0 158.0 177.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
25W = in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.
40W
Condenser
60W
W
(8)

Voltage Capacity W T H
(4.5) Motor type Condenser type
90W
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A9R60AH 25.0 DMF-252506 58 36 39
#187
1ph110
A9R60BH 1ph115 20.0 DMF-252006 58 36 39
10

1ph200
A9R60CH 6.0 DMF-45605 50 25 40
1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
H

A9R60DH 5.0 DMF-45505 50 25 40


1ph240

42
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 60W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9R60 H
Gear head type G9B KH
226.3
122.8 65.5 38 Gear head output shaft detail
32

0.018
7 90 38

0
27.5

15h7
+ 0.5 0.1

15
3

0.03
0
104

0
.D Tap

5
P.C
M510 Depth

18
34 25
90

4- 6.5
,
Motor 22 30 key size

0.03
TypeA9R60 H 27.5 +0.2 0

0
5 0.03

5
(143.8)

122.8 21
32
7 2 90
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C

Table1. weight
0.035
0
90

83h7

Weight(kg)
Motor 2.48
G9B3KH
1.21
4- 6.5
,
G9B10KH
Gear head
Lead wires length 300mm 22 30 G9B12.5KH
UL3266 AWG NO. 20 1.30
G9B20KH
Intermediate gear head G9B25KH
1.40
G9B60KH
Type: G9BXH10H
G9B75KH
(61) 1.45
40 21
G9B200KH
90
2 Intermediate gear head 0.65
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.31
A9R60AH A9R60BH A9R60CH A9R60DH
Options: p.169
CW,CCW CW,CCW
Standard specifications: p.28
TP Black TP Black
CW CW Technical information: p.175
White White
M CW M CW

CCW Cap. CCW Cap.


Gray CCW Brown CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

43
90W 90mm
Overview
Reversible Motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Frame Rating torque Over-


Reversible

Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Condenser


size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque Standard
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 2.10 1200 0.750 7.50
1ph100 0.650 6.50
A9R90AH 4 90 60 30Min. 2.25 1500 0.600 6.00 TP CE 30.0
1ph110 60 2.25 1550 0.580 5.80 0.850 8.50
A9R90BH 4 90 1ph115 60 30Min. 1.80 1550 0.600 6.00 0.800 8.00 TP UL/CE 25.0
90 50 0.90 1200 0.750 7.50
1ph200 0.650 6.50
A9R90CH 4 90 60 30Min. 1.00 1500 0.600 6.00 TP CE 7. 0
Electromagnetic 1ph220 60 1.00 1550 0.580 5.80 0.850 8.50
brakes
1ph220 0.82 0.720 7.20 0.650 6.50
A9R90DH 4 90 50 30Min. 1250 TP CE 6. 0
1ph240 0.86 0.740 7.40 0.800 8.00
Terminal
boxes The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Speed All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
controller
(Overview)

Unit type Gear head rating torque table

Socket type Gear head type: G9BKH


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Speed Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
controller
(Induction) 50Hz Nm 1.78 2.15 2.98 3.58 4.47 5.36 5.96 6.70 8.05 9.66 10.78 12.15
Rating torque
Speed
Kgfcm 18.2 21.9 30.4 36.5 45.6 54.7 60.8 68.4 82.1 98.6 110.0 124.0
controller
(Reversible) Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 1.43 1.72 2.38 2.86 3.58 4.68 4.76 5.37 6.44 7.72 8.59 9.70
Speed control- Rating torque
ler (Electro- Kgfcm 14.6 17.5 24.3 29.2 36.5 43.7 48.6 54.8 65.7 78.8 87.6 99.0
magnetic brake)

Brake Packs
Gear head type: G9BKH
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
Options 50Hz Nm 14.60 17.44 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
Kgfcm 149.0 178.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Technical Ouput speed r/min
Information
60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 11.66 14.01 15.48 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
Kgfcm 119.0 143.0 158.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Overview in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.
6W

15W Condenser

25W
Fig.1 Fig.2 Fig.3
W W W

40W Voltage Capacity W T H


(8)

(6)

(4.5) 4.3
Motor type Condenser type Fig.
(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)
T
T

#187
1ph100
60W A9R90AH 30.0 DAL-253006 40 65 3
10

#187 #187 1ph110


A9R90BH 1ph115 25.0 DMF-252506 58 36 39 1
10

10

1ph200
A9R90CH 7.0 DMF-45705 50 25 40 1
H

MARKING

90W MARKING 1ph220


H

MARKING
H

1ph220
A9R90DH 6.0 DMF-45605 50 25 40 1
1ph240

44
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 90W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9R90 H
Gear head type G9B KH
241.3
137.8 65.5 38 90 Gear head output shaft detail
32
38

0.018
7

0
15h7
+ 0.5 27.5 0.1

15
3

0.03
104
0

0
.D Tap

5
P.C
M510 Depth

18
34 25
90

4- 6.5
,
Motor 22 30
key size
TypeA9R90 H

0.03
(158.8) 27.5 +0.2 0

0
5 0.03

5
137.8 21 90
32
7 2
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
90

83h7

Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)
4- 6.5 Motor 2.93
,
Lead wires length 300mm 22 30 G9B3KH
1.21
UL3266 AWG NO. 20 G9B10KH

Gear head
G9B12.5KH
1.30
Intermediate gear head G9B20KH
Type: G9BXH10H G9B25KH
1.40
G9B60KH
(61)
G9B75KH
40 21 1.45
2 90 G9B200KH
+ 0.5
104
Intermediate gear head 0.65
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p.31

Options: p.169
A9R90AH A9R90BH A9R90CH A9R90DH
Standard specifications: p.28
CW,CCW CW,CCW
Technical information: p.175
TP Black TP Black
CW CW

White White
M CW M CW

CCW Cap. CCW Cap.


Gray Brown CCW
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of


the motor shaft.

45
MEMO

46
TM

Motors with electromagnetic brakes

Motors with electromagnetic brakes



Motors with electromagnetic brakes

Motor can store load after stopping.

Used for constant-speed operation.

Electromagnetic brake stops motor instantly.

Motor must be stopped by electromagnetic
brake before the motor operation direction
can be switched.

Lead wires type.

Time rating: Short-time (30 minutes)

Gear head and Motor with electromagnetic brake are sold separately.

TM

6W P.50

15W P.52

25W P.54

40W P.56

60W P.58

90W P.60

47
Overview
Overview
Motors with electromagnetic brakes
Induction

Reversible

Overview
of motors with electromagnetic brakes (Standard specifications)

Table 1. Induction motors with electromagnatic brakes standard specifications


Electromagnetic brakes

Induction motors with electromagnetic brake


Item
Single-phase motor 3-phase motor
Capacity range 6 ~ 90 W 4 poles 25 ~ 90 W 4 poles
Protection method 6 ~ 40 W: IP23 Totally enclosed, non ventilated type 25 ~ 40 W: IP23 Totally enclosed, non ventilated type
Enclosure 60 W~: IP23 Totally enclosed fan cooled type 60 W~: IP23 Totally-enclosed fan cooled type

100V 50/60HZ110V 60HZ 200V 50/60Hz, 220V 50/60Hz


Terminal 115V 60HZ 380V 50/60Hz, 400V 50/60Hz,
boxes Power source
200V 50/60HZ220V 60HZ 415V 50/60Hz, 440V 50/60Hz
Speed
controller
(Overview) 220240V 50HZ
CE Marking, Class E (120C) CE Marking, Class E (120C)
Unit type Insulation
UL Standard, Class A (105C) UL Standard, Class A (105C)

Time rating Short-time(30minutes) Continuous


Socket type
Motor

Starting method Condenser running Direct start


Speed
controller
(Induction) Lead wires
5wires 5wires
UL Style 3266 20AWG UL Style 3271 20AWG
Speed
controller
(Reversible) Standards CE Marking (Low Voltage Directive), UL Standard

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
At least 100 M when measured with a 500 VDC megger between the motor coil
magnetic brake) Insulation resistance and case at normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated
operation.
Brake Packs
No malfunction when a 1500 V, 50/60 Hz current is applied between the motor coil
Insulation withstand voltage and case for 1 minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has
Options reached rated operation.
The temperature rise value (T) should be no more than 60C (no more than
Technical Temperature rise 45C for motors with fans) when measured by the prescribed method after the
Information motor has reached the rated operation.
Overheating protector (TP) Built-in thermal protector (auto-restore type) Release: 120 5C, Restore: 77 5C
Overview
Gear

Lubrication method Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.


6W
Paint

Color Astero silver


15W

Locations Indoors (in minimal dust and humidity)


Ambient conditions

25W Temperature -10 to 40C


Humidity Under 85%
40W Elevation Under 1,000 m

Atmosphere Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.
60W

90W

48
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of motors with electromagnetic brakes (Standard specifications)


Spling
1. Structure and operating principle
Figure 1 shows the structure of a motor with an electromagnetic
brake. Sumitomo's motors with electromagnetic brakes are a Electro magnetic coil
de-energizing type. When voltage is applied to the
electromagnetic coil, the armature plate held down by the
spring is immediately attracted to it, creating a gap between the
armature plate and brake lining, and readying the motor for Boss
operation. When the coil voltage is shut off, the armature plate
applies the spring pressure to the brake lining, generating a
braking force and stopping the motor. Armature plate

Brake liming

Fig 1. Structure of a motor with


2. Features of electromagnetic brakes an electromagnetic brake.
The brakes are AC de-energizing electromagnetic brakes, and are coupled directly to the motor. When the power is
turned OFF, the motor stops instantly and the load is stored. The stored torque is between 0.05 and 0.5 Nm (see
Table 1). When the power is turned OFF, the stored power operates, making the brake ideal for use as a safety
brake when the power is accidentally shut off. Electromagnetic brake motors have an overrun of 1 to 4 revolutions
after the power is turned off with no load.
They can be operated with frequent instant direction switching. A simple switching operation enables 6 stops per
minute, but each stop should be at least 3 seconds. The motor and brake units can be operated on the same
power supply. A rectifying circuit is built into the brake unit, and it uses the same AC power supply as the motor.
Table2. Electromagnetic brake soecifications
Frame size Output power Voltage Frequency Current Input Stored torque Over run
Phase
mm W V Hz A W Nm kgfcm (Rev.)
60 6 100 0.05 0.5
0.031 3.1
70 15 110 0.10 1.0
Single 80 25 115 0.054 5.4 0.20 2.0
phase 50 /60
40 200 0.30 3.0
90 60 220 0.100 10.0
240 0.50 5.0
90
20 0220 0.054 5.4
3.5
80 25 0.20 2.0
38 0440 0.031 6.3
20 0220 0.100 10.0
40 0.30 3.0
Three 38 0440 0.043 8.5
50 /60
phase 20 0220 0.100 10.0
90 60
38 0440 0.043 8.5
0.50 5.0
20 0220 0.100 10.0
90
38 0440 0.043 8.5

3. Connection method and braking time


Fig. 2 shows the standard connection method. The simple connection method shown in Fig. 3 is also
possible. However, this method has a 50 ms longer braking time than the standard method, and a
correspondingly longer overrun.
CCW CW CCW CW

CCW GRAY CCW GRAY


SW2 SW2
CW WHITE CW WHITE
LINE Motors LINE Motors
ON BLACK BLACK

SW1 SW1
ON 'A' ON 'A'
Electromagnetic Electromagnetic
'A' brakes 'A' brakes
RO CO RO CO

Condenser Condenser

Fig2Standard connebtion of motors FigSimple connebtion of motors


with electromagnetic brakes with electromagnetic brakes

4. Starting time/braking time characteristic

The starting time for motors with electromagnetic brakes consists of the electromagnetic brake's release time
added to the starting time of the motor itself. The braking time is the amount of time required for the motor to
completely stop after the power is shut off. Brake motor overruns, starting times and braking times vary
depending on the combination of equipment in use. Contact us for more information.

49
6W 60mm
Overview
Motors with electromagnetic brakes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible
Electromagnetic brakes

Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 1200 0.050 0.50
1ph100 0.21 0.050 0.50
A6R06AB 4 6 60 30Min. 1450 0.042 0.42 ZP CE 3.0
1ph110 60 0.23 1500 0.040 0.40 0.065 0.65
A6R06BB 4 6 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.17 1550 0.040 0.40 0.058 0.58 ZP UL/CE 2.3
60 50 1200 0.050 0.50
1ph200 0.11 0.055 0.55
Terminal A6R06CB 4 6 60 30Min. 1500 0.042 0.42 ZP CE 0.8
boxes
1ph220 60 0.12 1550 0.040 0.40 0.070 0.70
1ph220 0.09 0.050 0.50 0.055 0.55
Speed A6R06DB 4 6 50 30Min. 1200 ZP CE 0.7
controller 1ph240 0.10 0.052 0.52 0.065 0.65
(Overview)
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Unit type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed Gear head rating torque table


controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller
(Reversible) Gear head type: G6D
Speed control-
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
ler (Electro- Ouput speed r/min
magnetic brake) 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.13 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.76 0.76 0.95
Rating torque
Brake Packs
Kgfcm 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.9 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.7 7.7 9.7
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.62 0.62 0.76
Options Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.4 5.2 6.3 6.3 7.8

Technical
Information Gear head type: G6D
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
Overview 50Hz Nm 1.14 1.36 1.52 1.72 2.06 2.57 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 11.6 13.9 15.5 17.5 21.0 26.2 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
6W
60Hz Nm 0.92 1.11 1.24 1.39 1.67 2.09 2.50 2.78 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 9.4 11.3 12.6 14.2 17.0 21.3 25.5 28.4 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
15W in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
25W
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

40W
Condenser

60W
W
(8)

Voltage Capacity Condenser type W T H


90W (4.5) Motor type
(V) (F) (mm) (mm) (mm)
T

1ph100
A6R06A B 3.0 DMF-25305 36 16 25
#187
1ph110
A6R06B B 1ph115 2.3 DMF-25235 36 16 25
10

1ph200
A6R06C B 0.8 DMF-45804 36 16 25
1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
H

A6R06D B 0.7 DMF-45704 36 16 25


1ph240

50
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


60mm 6W
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A6R06 B
Gear head type G6 D
173.5(183.5)

43 68.5 30(40) 32
Gear head output shaft detail
60
Table1 32

0.015
6.5 3

0
+ 0.5

0.1
70

8h7

8
12

7
.D
P. C

10
24
60.7

4 4.5

Motor , Table1. Gear head length


22 30
TypeA6R06 B Gear head size Length (mm)
(124.2) G63D G618D 30
43 68.5 12.7 G620D G6200D 40
6.5 2 60

+ 0.5
70
.D
P. C
0.030
60.7

0
54h7

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Motor 0.95
4- 4.5
G63D
Lead wires length 300mm , 0.24
22 30 G618D

Gear head
UL3266 AWG NO. 20
G620D
0.30
Intermediate gear head G640D
Type: G6XH10 G650D
0.33
(38.7)
G6200D
Intermediate gear head 0.18
26 12.7
60
2
+ 0.5
70
.D
P. C
0.030
0
54h7

4 4.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p. 11
A6R06AB A6R06BB A6R06CB A6R06DB
Options: p. 169
CW,CCW CW,CCW CW,CCW
Gray Gray Brown Standard specifications: p. 48
CW CCW CW CCW CW CCW
Cap Cap Cap
White CW White CW White CW
M R1 C1 M R1 C1 M R1 C1 Technical information: p. 175
Black Black Black
CCW CCW CCW
Blue Orange Orange

B B B
Blue R1 C1 Orange R1 C1 Orange R1 C1

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

51
15 70mm
Overview
Motors with electromagnetic brakes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Frame Rating torque Over-


Electromagnetic brakes

Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Condenser


size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque Standard
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.44 1200 0.125 1.25 0.100 1.00
1ph100
A7R15AB 4 15 60 30Min. 0.44 1500 0.100 1.00 0.100 1.00 TP CE 6. 0
1ph110 60 0.46 1550 0.100 1.00 0.125 1.25
A7R15BB 4 15 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.34 1600 0.100 1.00 0.100 1.00 TP UL/CE 4.5
70 50 0.22 1250 0.125 1.25 0.100 1.00
1ph200
A7R15CB 4 15 60 30Min. 0.22 1550 0.100 1.00 0.100 1.00 TP CE 1. 5
1ph220 60 0.23 1600 0.100 1.00 0.120 1.20
Terminal 1ph220 0.17 0.125 1.25 0.100 1.00
boxes
A7R15DB 4 15 50 30Min. 1200 TP CE 1. 2
1ph240 0.18 0.145 1.45 0.120 1.20
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
Speed The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
controller
(Overview) All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Unit type

Socket type

Speed Gear head rating torque table


controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Gear head type: G7K
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Speed control-
ler (Electro- Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
magnetic brake)
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.31 0.38 0.53 0.64 0.79 0.95 1.06 1.32 1.59 1.90 1.90 2.37
Kgfcm 3.2 3.9 5.4 6.5 8.1 9.7 10.8 13.5 16.2 19.4 19.4 24.2
Brake Packs
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.29 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.89 0.99 1.25 1.49 1.79 1.79 2.24
Options Kgfcm 3.0 3.6 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.1 12.7 15.2 18.2 18.2 22.8

Technical
Information
Gear head type: G7K
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
Overview 50Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.85 3.42 3.81 4.28 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 29.1 34.9 38.8 43.6 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
6W
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.68 3.22 3.58 4.02 4.83 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 27.3 32.8 36.5 41.0 49.2 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
15W in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
25W Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

40W
Condenser

60W
W
(8)

Voltage Capacity Condenser type W T H


(4.5) Motor type
90W
T

(V) (F) (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A7R15A B 6.0 DMF-25605 38 19 29
#187
1ph110
A7R15B B 1ph115 4.5 DMF-25455 38 19 29
10

1ph200
A7R15C B 1.5 DMF-45155 36 16 25
1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
H

A7R15D B 1.2 DMF-45125 36 16 25


1ph240

52
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


70mm 15

phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7R15 B
Gear head type G7 K
180.5(190.5)

116.5 32(42) 32
Table1
Gear head output shaft detail

0.015
44 72.5 3 70

0
7

10h7
+ 0.5
82 32
.D 2.5 0.1
P. C

10
0

0.03
25

0
4
15
30
69.8

23

4 5.5

Motor , key size


22 30
TypeA7R15 B 25 + 0.2

0.03
0
4 0.03

0
(129.9)

4
116.5 13.4

44 72.5 70
7 2
+ 0.5
82
D
P. C.
Table1. Gear head length
0.030
69.8

Gear head size Length(mm)


64h7

G73K G718K 32
G720K G7200K 42

4 5.5

,
Table2. Weight
Lead wires length 300mm 22 30 Weight(kg)
UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Intermediate gear head Motor 1.30


G73K
Type: G7XH10 0.38
G718K
Gear head

(43.4)
30 13.4 G720K
70 0.47
2 G740K
+ 0.5
82 G750K
P.C.
D 0.52
G7200K
0.030

Intermediate gear head 0.32


0
64h7

4 5.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p. 11
A7R15AB A7R15BB A7R15CB A7R15DB
CW,CCW CW,CCW CW,CCW Options: p. 169
Gray Gray Brown
CW CCW CW
Cap
CCW CW
Cap
CCW Standard specifications: p. 48
Cap
White White CW White CW
M
CW
R1 C1 M R1 C1 M R1 C1
Technical information: p. 175
TP

TP
TP

Black CCW
Black CCW
Black
CCW
Blue Orange Orange

B B B
Blue R1 C1 Orange R1 C1 Orange R1 C1

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

53
25 80mm
Overview
Motors with electromagnetic brakes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.60 1250 0.200 2.00
Electromagnetic brakes

1ph100 0.220 2.20


A8R25AB 4 25 60 30Min. 0.70 1500 0.170 1.70 TP CE 10.0
1ph110 60 0.73 1550 0.162 1.62 0.240 2.40
A8R25BB 4 25 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.52 1600 0.165 1.65 0.190 1.90 TP UL/CE 7.0
50 0.30 1250 0.200 2.00
1ph200 0.200 2.00
A8R25CB 4 25 60 30Min. 0.35 1500 0.170 1.70 TP CE 2. 5
1ph220 60 0.36 1550 0.162 1.62 0.240 2.40
1ph220 0.25 0.200 2.00 0.210 2.10
A8R25DB 4 25 50 30Min. 1250 TP CE 2.0
1ph240 0.27 0.210 2.10 0.250 2.50
50 0.25 1300 0.195 1.95 0.340 3.40
3ph200
Terminal 80 60 0.22 1550 0.165 1.65 0.270 2.70 TP CE
boxes
A8M25JB 4 25 Cont.
50 0.26 1350 0.190 1.90 0.410 4.10
3ph220
60 0.23 1600 0.160 1.60 0.320 3.20
Speed 50 0.14 1250 0.200 2.00 0.315 3.15
controller 3ph380 Cont.
(Overview) TP CE
60 0.12 1500 0.170 1.70 0.250 2.50
50 0.14 1250 0.210 2.10 0.350 3.50
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
Unit type 60 0.12 1500 0.180 1.80 0.275 2.75
4 25
A8M25KB 3ph415
50
Cont.
0.15 1300 0.195 1.95 0.375 3.75
TP CE
60 0.13 1550 0.165 1.65 0.300 3.00
Socket type 50 0.15 1300 0.210 2.10 0.440 4.40
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
60 0.13 1600 0.160 1.60 0.340 3.40
Speed The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
controller
(Induction) The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed
controller
(Reversible) Gear head rating torque table
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
Gear head type: G8K
magnetic brake)
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Brake Packs
50Hz Nm 0.52 0.63 0.87 1.05 1.31 1.57 1.74 2.19 2.62 3.15 3.15 3.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 5.3 6.4 8.9 10.7 13.4 16.0 17.8 22.3 26.7 32.1 32.1 40.2
Options Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.43 0.51 0.72 0.85 1.07 1.28 1.43 1.78 2.15 2.57 2.58 3.22
Rating torque
Technical Kgfcm 4.4 5.2 7.3 8.7 10.9 13.1 14.6 18.2 21.9 26.2 26.3 32.9
Information

Gear head type: G8K


Overview
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 4.72 5.66 6.29 7.12 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
6W Kgfcm 48.2 57.8 64.2 72.6 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W 60Hz Rating torque
Nm 3.86 4.64 5.16 5.82 6.99 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 39.4 47.3 52.6 59.4 71.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
25W Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.
40W
Condenser
60W
W
(8)

Voltage Capacity Condenser type W T H


(4.5) Motor type
90W
T

(V) (F) (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A8R25A B 10.0 DMF-251006 47 19 28
#187
1ph110
A8R25B B 1ph115 7.0 DMF-25705 48 21 33
10

1ph200
A8R25C B 2.5 DMF-45255 47 19 28
1ph220
MARKING
1ph220
H

A8R25D B 2.0 DMF-45205 38 19 29


1ph240

54
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


80mm 25
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A8 MR 25 B
Gear head type G8 K
187.5(198)
Gear head output shaft detail
47 76.5 32(42.5) 32 80

0.015
Table1

0
7 3 32
+ 0.5

10h7
94 2.5 0.1

10
0
.D

0.03
P. C 25

0
4
79.8

15
34
23

4 5.5 ,
22 30 key size

0.03
Motor

0
25 +0.2 4 0
0.03

4
TtypeA8 25 B M
R

(137.1)
47 76.5 13.6
80
7 2

94
+ 0.5
Table1. Gear head length
.D
P. C Gear head size Length (mm)
G83K G818K 32
0.030
79.8

G820K G8200K 42.5


73h7

,
4 5.5
22 30 Table2. Weight
Lead wires length 300mm
1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
Weight(kg)
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20 Motor 1.86
Intermediate gear head G83K
0.43
G818K
Gear head

Type: G8XH10
G820K
(45.6) 0.57
G840K
32 13.6 80
G850K
2 0.61
+ 0.5
G8200K
94 Intermediate gear head 0.43
D
P. C.
0.030
0
73h7

4 5.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p. 11
A8R25AB A8R25BB A8R25CB A8R25DB

CW,CCW CW,CCW CW,CCW Options: p. 169


Gray Gray Brown
CW CCW CW
Cap
CCW CW
Cap
CCW Standard specifications: p. 48
Cap
White White CW White CW
M
CW
R1 C1 M R1 C1 M R1 C1
Technical information: p. 175
TP

TP
TP

Black CCW
Black CCW
Black
CCW
Blue Orange Orange

B B R1 C1
B R1 C1
Blue R1 C1 Orange Orange

A8M25JB A8M25KB

CW CCW CW CCW

Black(U) R Black(U) S Black(U) R Black(U) S


CW CW
R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1
TP White(V) S TP White(V) R TP Red(V) S TP Red(V) R
M M M M
TP

TP

TP

TP

Gray(W) T CCW
Gray(W) T Brown(W) T Brown(W) T
R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1 CCW R1 C1
Orange Orange Yellow Yellow

B R1 C1 B R1 C1 B R1 C1 B R1 C1
Orange Orange Yellow Yellow

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

55
40 90mm
Overview
Motors with electromagnetic brakes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible Frame Rating torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.85 1300 0.310 3.10
Electromagnetic brakes

1ph100 0.350 3.50


A9R40AB 4 40 60 30Min. 1.00 1550 0.260 2.60 TP CE 15.0
1ph110 60 1.00 1600 0.250 2.50 0.400 4.00
A9R40BB 4 40 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.86 1600 0.260 2.60 0.345 3.45 TP UL/CE 12.0
50 0.40 1300 0.310 3.10
1ph200 0.335 3.35
A9R40CB 4 40 60 30Min. 0.48 1550 0.260 2.60 TP CE 3. 5
1ph220 60 0.48 1600 0.250 2.50 0.400 4.00
1ph220 0.40 0.320 3.20 0.330 3.30
A9R40DB 4 40 50 30Min. 1250 TP CE 3.0
1ph240 0.43 0.340 3.40 0.400 4.00
50 0.30 1300 0.310 3.10 0.630 6.30
3ph200 Cont.
Terminal 90 60 0.28 1550 0.260 2.60 0.520 5.20 TP CE
boxes A9M40JB 4 40
50 0.30 1350 0.300 3.00 0.760 7.60
3ph220 Cont.
60 0.28 1600 0.250 2.50 0.610 6.10
Speed
controller 50 0.21 1300 0.320 3.20 0.630 6.30
(Overview) 3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.19 1550 0.270 2.70 0.485 4.85
50 0.21 1300 0.330 3.30 0.690 6.90
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
Unit type 60 0.19 1550 0.280 2.80 0.525 5.25
4 40
A9M40KB 3ph415
50
Cont.
0.21 1350 0.310 3.10 0.730 7.30
TP CE
60 0.19 1600 0.260 2.60 0.570 5.70
Socket type 50 0.21 1350 0.320 3.20 0.820 8.20
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
60 0.19 1600 0.270 2.70 0.630 6.30
Speed The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
controller
(Induction) The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed
controller
(Reversible) Gear head rating torque table
Speed control-
ler (Electro- Gear head type: G9AK
magnetic brake)
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Brake Packs
50Hz Nm 0.81 0.97 1.35 1.62 2.03 2.43 2.70 3.37 4.05 4.86 4.86 6.09
Rating torque
Kgfcm 8.3 9.9 13.8 16.5 20.7 24.8 27.5 34.4 41.3 49.6 49.6 62.1
Options Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.67 0.80 1.11 1.33 1.67 2.00 2.23 2.78 3.33 4.00 4.01 5.01
Rating torque
Technical Kgfcm 6.8 8.2 11.3 13.6 17.0 20.4 22.7 28.4 34.0 40.8 40.9 51.1
Information

Gear head type: G9AK


Overview Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 7.30 8.76 9.73 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
6W Rating torque
Kgfcm 74.5 89.4 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W 60Hz Nm 6.01 7.21 8.02 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Kgfcm 61.3 73.6 81.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
25W When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.
40W
Condenser
60W
W
(8)

Voltage Capacity Condenser type W T H


(4.5) Motor type
90W
T

(V) (F) (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A9R40A B 15.0 DMF-251506 50 25 40
#187
1ph110
A9R40B B 1ph115 12.0 DMF-251206 48 21 33
10

1ph200
A9R40C B 3.5 DMF-45355 48 21 33
1ph220
MARKING
1ph220
H

A9R40D B 3.0 DMF-45305 47 19 28


1ph240

56
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 40
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 40 B
Gear head type G9A K
217.5(235.5) Gear head output shaft detail
47 96.5 42(60) 32

0.018
90
Table1 32

0
7 + 0.5 2.5 0.1

12h7

12
0
104

0.03
25
.D

0
P. C

4
18
87.8

36
3 23

4 6.5 ,
22 30
key size
Motor

0.03
25 +0.2

0
0
4

4
0.03

TypeA9 MR 40 B
(162)
47 96.5 18.5 90
+ 0.5
7 2
104
.D
P. C
0.035

Table1. Gear head length


87.8

0
83h7

Gear head size Length(mm)


G9A3KG9A18K 42
G9A20KG9A200K 60
,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm 4 6.5
1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20

Table2. Weight
Intermediate gear head Weight(kg)
Type: G9AXH10 Motor 2.74
(55.5) G9A3K
0.73
G9A18K
Gear head

37 18.5 90
2 G9A20K
1.03
104
+ 0.5 G9A40K
P. C.D G9A50K
1.13
0.035

G9A200K
0
83h7

Intermediate gear head 0.60

4 6.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p. 11
A9R40AB A9R40BB A9R40CB A9R40DB

CW,CCW CW,CCW CW,CCW Options: p. 169


Gray Gray Brown
CW CCW CW
Cap
CCW CW
Cap
CCW Standard specifications: p. 48
Cap
White White CW White CW
M
CW
R1 C1 M R1 C1 M R1 C1
Technical information: p. 175
TP

TP
TP

Black CCW
Black CCW
Black
CCW
Blue Orange Orange

B B R1 C1
B R1 C1
Blue R1 C1 Orange Orange

A9M40JB A9M40KB

CW CCW CW CCW

Black(U) R Black(U) S Black(U) R Black(U) S


CW CW
R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1
TP White(V) S TP White(V) R TP Red(V) S TP Red(V) R
M M M M
TP

TP

TP

TP

Gray(W) T
Gray(W) T Brown(W) T Brown(W) T
R1 C1 CCW R1 C1 R1 C1 CCW R1 C1
Orange Orange Yellow Yellow

B R1 C1 B R1 C1 B R1 C1 B R1 C1
Orange Orange Yellow Yellow

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

57
60 90mm
Overview
Motors with electromagnetic brakes
Induction
Motor specification table
Frame Rating torque Over-
Reversible Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 1.50 1250 0.480 4.80
1ph100
Electromagnetic brakes

0.620 6.20
A9R60AHB 4 60 60 30Min. 1.75 1500 0.400 4.00 TP CE 25.0
1ph110 60 1.70 1550 0.390 3.90 0.700 7.00
A9R60BHB 4 60 1ph115 60 30Min. 1.40 1600 0.390 3.90 0.580 5.80 TP UL/CE 20.0
50 0.75 1250 0.480 4.80
1ph200 0.620 6.20
A9R60CHB 4 60 60 30Min. 0.90 1500 0.400 4.00 TP CE 6. 5
1ph220 60 0.90 1550 0.390 3.90 0.700 7.00
1ph220 0.58 0.460 4.60 0.600 6.00
A9R60DHB 4 60 50 30Min. 1300 TP CE 5.0
1ph240 0.61 0.490 4.90 0.700 7.00
50 0.46 1300 0.460 4.60 0.710 7.10
3ph200 Cont. TP CE
90 60 0.42 1550 0.390 3.90 0.540 5.40
Terminal A9M60JHB 4 60
boxes 50 0.46 1350 0.440 4.40 0.860 8.60
3ph220 Cont. TP CE
60 0.41 1600 0.390 3.90 0.680 6.80
Speed 50 0.27 1300 0.460 4.60 0.825 8.25
controller
(Overview)
3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.24 1550 0.390 3.90 0.650 6.50
50 0.29 1300 0.470 4.70 0.930 9.30
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
Unit type 60 0.25 1550 0.400 4.00 0.735 7.35
4 60
A9M60KHB 3ph415
50
Cont.
0.27 1350 0.460 4.60 0.995 9.95
TP CE
60 0.23 1600 0.380 3.80 0.750 7.50
Socket type 50 0.31 1350 0.470 4.70 1.075 10.75
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
60 0.26 1600 0.390 3.90 0.840 8.40
Speed The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
controller The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
(Induction)
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed
controller
(Reversible) Gear head rating torque table

Speed control-
ler (Electro- Gear head type:
magnetic brake)
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Brake Packs
50Hz Nm 1.20 1.43 1.99 2.38 2.99 3.58 3.97 4.47 5.37 6.44 7.15 8.09
Rating torque
Kgfcm 12.2 14.6 20.3 24.3 30.4 36.5 40.5 45.6 54.8 65.7 73.0 82.5
Options Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.95 1.15 1.59 1.90 2.38 2.86 3.18 3.58 4.29 5.16 5.72 6.47
Technical
Rating torque
Information Kgfcm 9.7 11.7 16.2 19.4 24.3 29.2 32.4 36.5 43.8 52.6 58.4 66.0

Gear head type:


Overview Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 9.70 11.66 12.94 16.17 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
6W
Kgfcm 99.0 119.0 132.0 165.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W 60Hz Rating torque
Nm 7.76 9.31 10.39 12.94 15.48 17.35 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Kgfcm 79.2 95.0 106.0 132.0 158.0 177.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
= in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
25W When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm)
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.
40W
Condenser
60W W
(8)

Voltage Capacity Condenser type W T H


(4.5) Motor type
90W (V) (F) (mm) (mm) (mm)
T

1ph100
A9R60AH B 25.0 DMF-252506 58 36 39
#187
1ph110
A9R60BH B 1ph115 20.0 DMF-252006 58 36 39
10

1ph200
A9R60CH B 6.5 DMF-45655 50 25 40
1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
H

A9R60DH B 5.0 DMF-45505 50 25 40


1ph240

58
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 60
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 60 HB
Gear head type G9B KH
(266.8)

163.3 65.5 38
Gear head output shaft detail

0.018
32 7 90 38
7

0
27.5

15h7
+ 0.5 3 0.1

15
0.03
0
104

0
.D Tap

5
P. C M510 Depth

34

18
25
90

4- 6.5
,
key size
22 30
Motor

0.03
27.5 +0.2 0

0
5 0.03

5
TypeA9 60 HB M
R

(184.3)
163.3 21
90
32 7 2
+ 0.5

.D
104 Table1. Weight
P. C
Weight(kg)
0.035
0
90

Motor 2.90
83h7

G9B3KH
1.21
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH

Gear head
4- 6.5 1.30
, G9B20KH
Lead wires length 300mm 22 30
G9B25KH
1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20 1.40
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20 G9B60KH
G9B75KH
1.45
Intermediate gear head G9B200KH
Type: G9BXH10H Intermediate gear head 0.65
(61)
40 21 90
2
+ 0.5
104
.D
P. C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p. 11
A9R60AHB A9R60BHB A9R60CHB A9R60DHB

CW,CCW CW,CCW CW,CCW Options: p. 169

Gray Gray Brown


CCW CW CCW CW CCW Standard specifications: p. 48
CW Cap Cap
Cap
White White CW White CW
M
CW
R1 C1 M R1 C1 M R1 C1
Technical information: p. 175
TP

TP
TP

Black CCW
Black CCW
Black
CCW
Blue Orange Orange

B B R1 C1
B R1 C1
Blue R1 C1 Orange Orange

A9M60JHB A9M60KHB

CW CCW CW CCW

Black(U) R Black(U) S Black(U) R Black(U) S


CW CW
R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1
TP White(V) S TP White(V) R TP Red(V) S TP Red(V) R
M M M M
TP

TP

TP

TP

Gray(W) T
Gray(W) T Brown(W) T CCW Brown(W) T
R1 C1 CCW R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1
Orange Orange Yellow Yellow

B R1 C1 B R1 C1 B R1 C1 B R1 C1
Orange Orange Yellow Yellow

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

59
90 90mm
Overview
Motors with electromagnetic brakes
Induction
Motor specification table
Frame Rating torque Over-
Reversible Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 2.00 1250 0.720 7.20
Electromagnetic brakes

1ph100 0.700 7.00


A9R90AHB 4 90 60 30Min. 2.25 1500 0.600 6.00 TP CE 30.0
1ph110 60 2.20 1550 0.580 5.80 0.890 8.90
A9R90BHB 4 90 1ph115 60 30Min. 1.90 1600 0.580 5.80 0.690 6.90 TP UL/CE 25.0
50 0.90 1250 0.720 7.20
1ph200 0.700 7.00
A9R90CHB 4 90 60 30Min. 1.10 1500 0.600 6.00 TP CE 7. 5
1ph220 60 1.10 1550 0.580 5.80 0.890 8.90
1ph220 0.71 0.690 6.90 0.680 6.80
A9R90DHB 4 90 50 30Min. 1300 TP CE 6.0
1ph240 0.75 0.720 7.20 0.860 8.60
50 0.63 1300 0.690 6.90 1.010 10.10
3ph200 Cont. TP CE
90 60 0.60 1550 0.600 6.00 0.760 7.60
Terminal A9M90JHB 4 90
boxes 50 0.63 1350 0.680 6.80 1.250 12.50
3ph220 Cont. TP CE
60 0.60 1600 0.570 5.70 0.960 9.60
Speed 50 0.32 1300 0.680 6.80 1.055 10.55
controller 3ph380 Cont. TP CE
(Overview) 60 0.30 1550 0.570 5.70 0.820 8.20
50 0.35 1300 0.690 6.90 1.170 11.70
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
Unit type 60 0.32 1550 0.580 5.80 0.890 8.90
A9M90KHB 4 90
50 0.33 1350 0.680 6.80 1.200 12.00
3ph415 Cont. TP CE
60 0.29 1600 0.570 5.70 0.950 9.50
Socket type 50 0.35 1350 0.690 6.90 1.330 13.30
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
60 0.31 1600 0.580 5.80 1.050 10.50
Speed The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
controller The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
(Induction)
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Reversible) Gear head rating torque table
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
Gear head type: G9BKH
magnetic brake)
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Brake Packs
50Hz Nm 1.78 2.15 2.98 3.58 4.47 5.36 5.96 6.70 8.05 9.66 10.78 12.15
Rating torque
Kgfcm 18.2 21.9 30.4 36.5 45.6 54.7 60.8 68.4 82.1 98.6 110.0 124.0
Options Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 1.43 1.72 2.38 2.86 3.58 4.68 4.76 5.37 6.44 7.72 8.59 9.70
Rating torque
Technical Kgfcm 14.6 17.5 24.3 29.2 36.5 43.7 48.6 54.8 65.7 78.8 87.6 99.0
Information

Gear head type: G9BKH


Overview Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 14.60 17.44 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
6W Rating torque
Kgfcm 149.0 178.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
15W 60Hz Nm 11.66 14.01 15.48 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
Kgfcm 119.0 143.0 158.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
25W When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm)
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

40W
Condenser
W W
W
60W Fig1 Fig2 Fig3 Voltage Capacity Condenser type W T H
(8)

(6)

(4.5)
Motor type Figure
4.3

(V) (F) (mm) (mm) (mm)


T
T

90W #187 1ph100


A9R90AH B 30.0 DAL-253006 40 65 3
1ph110
10

#187 #187

A9R90BH B 1ph115 25.0 DMF-252506 58 36 39 1


10

10

1ph200
A9R90CH B 7.5 DMF-45755 58 26 40 2
H

MARKING

MARKING 1ph220
H

MARKING
H

1ph220
A9R90DH B 6.0 DMF-45605 50 25 40 1
1ph240

60
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 90
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 90 HB
Gear head type G9B KH
(281.8)

178.3 65.5 38
Gear head output shaft detail

0.018
32 7 7 90 38

0
15h7
+ 0.5
27.5
104
0.1

15
3

0.03
0

0
.D
P. C Tap

5
M510 Depth
34

18
90

25

4- 6.5
,
key size
22 30

0.03
27.5 +0.2 0

0
5 0.03
Motor

5
TypeA9 MR 90 HB
(199.3)
178.3 21
90
32 7 2
+ 0.5 Table1. Weight
104
.D
P. C Weight(kg)
0.035

Motor 3.41
0
90

83h7

G9B3KH
1.21
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH

Gear head
1.30
4- 6.5
G9B20KH
,
22 30
G9B25KH
Lead wires length 300mm 1.40
1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20 G9B60KH
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20
G9B75KH
1.45
G9B200KH
Intermediate gear head Intermediate gear head 0.65
Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40 21 90
2
+ 0.5
104
.D
P. C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram Related information


Selection procedure: p. 11
A9R90AHB A9R90BHB A9R90CHB A9R90DHB
Options: p. 169
CW,CCW CW,CCW CW,CCW
Gray Gray Brown Standard specifications: p. 48
CW CCW CW CCW
CW CCW
Cap Cap
Cap
White CW
M
White CW
M
White CW
Technical information: p. 175
M R1 C1
R1 C1 R1 C1
TP

TP
TP

Black CCW
Black CCW
Black
CCW
Blue Orange Orange

B B B
Blue R1 C1 Orange R1 C1 Orange R1 C1

A9M90JHB A9M90KHB

CW CCW CW CCW

Black(U) R Black(U) S Black(U) R Black(U) S


CW CW
R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1
TP White(V) S TP White(V) R TP Red(V) S TP Red(V) R
M M M M
TP

TP

TP

TP

Gray(W) T
Gray(W) T Brown(W) T CCW Brown(W) T
R1 C1 CCW R1 C1 R1 C1 R1 C1
Orange Orange Yellow Yellow

B R1 C1 B R1 C1 B R1 C1 B R1 C1
Orange Orange Yellow Yellow

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

61
MEMO

62
TM

Motors with terminal boxes

Motors with terminal boxes



Induction motors and reversible motors are
available.

Used for constant-speed operation.

Gear head and motor with terminal box are sold separately.

TM

6W P.66

15W P.70

25W P.74

40W P.78

60W P.82

90W P.86

63
Overview
Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction

Reversible

Overview
of Motors with terminal boxes(Standard specifications)

Electromagnetic
brakes Table 1. Motor with terminal boxes specifications
Motor type Motors with terminal boxes
Item Induction motors Reversible motors
Terminal boxes

Single-phase motor 3-phase motor Single-phase motor


(Overview)

Capacity range 6W90W 4poles 25W90W 4poles 6W90W 4poles


Protection 6W40WIP54 Totally enclosed non ventilated 2540WIP54 Totally enclosed non ventilated 640WIP23 Totally enclosed non ventilated
method
60W IP23 Totally enclosed fan cooled type 60W IP23 Totally enclosed fan cooled type 60W IP23 Totally enclosed fan cooled type
enclosure

100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz115V 60Hz 200V 50/60Hz220V 50/60Hz 100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz115V 60Hz
Power source 200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz 380V 50/60Hz400V 50/60Hz 200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz
Speed
controller
(Overview) 220240V 50Hz 415V 50/60Hz440V 50/60Hz 220240V 50Hz
Insulation class CE Marking : Class E120 CE Marking : Class E120
Unit type Class E120
UL Standard : Class A105UL Standard : Class A105
Socket type
Time rating Continuous Continuous Short-time (30minutes)
Speed
controller Starting method Condenser running Direct start Condenser running
(Induction)
Motor

Speed
controller 4 wires3 wires 220240V 50Hz 3 wires 3 wires
Lead wires
(Reversible) UL Style 3266 20AWG UL Style 3271 20AWG UL Style 3266 20AWG
Speed control-

ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
4 terminals
Use 24AWG10AWG0.254.0lead wires with a length of about 8 stripped.
Brake Packs Terminal box The grand isn't connected inside the terminal box. The grand connection should be installed in
the motor case as described in making ground connections in the technical information.
Options

Standards 220240V 50Hz CE Marking CE Marking CE Marking


Technical (Low voltage direction) (Low voltage directive,UL standard (Low voltage directive,UL standard
Information

Insulation At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between the motor coil and case at
resistance normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated torque.
Overview
Insulation withstand Normal function when a 1500V,50/60Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case for 1
voltage minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated torque.
6W The temperature rise valueTshould be no more than 60no more than 45 The temperature rise valueT
Temperature rise for motors with fanswhen measured by the prescribed method after the motor has should be no more than 60 when
measured by the prescribed method
reached rated torque. after the motor has reached rated torque.
15W
Overheating
protector(TP Built in thermal protectorauto restore typeRelease:1205, Restore:775
25W
Gear

Lubrication
Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.
method
40W
Ambient conditions Paint

Color Astero silver

60W Locations IndoorsMinimal dust and humidity


Temperature -1040
Humidity Under 85%
90W Elevation Under 1,000 m
Atmosphere Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.

64
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of Motors with terminal boxes(Standard specifications)


Single-phase Reversible motor Single-phase Induction motor

Terminal block

Terminal box cover


Code bush


Single-phase Reversible motor Single-phase Induction motor
3-phase Induction motor

Lavel Terminal block

Terminal box cover Code bush

65
6 60mm
Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible
Induction motor
Electromagnetic Frame Rating torque Over-
Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque
heating Standard Condenser
brakes size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.21 1200 0.050 0.50
1ph100 0.045 0.45
Terminal boxes

A6M06AT 4 6 60 Cont. 0.19 1500 0.042 0.42 ZP 2.5


(Overview)

1ph110 60 0.20 1550 0.040 0.40 0.055 0.55


A6M06BT 4 6 1ph115 60 Cont. 0.19 1500 0.042 0.42 0.055 0.55 ZP UL/CE 2.0
60 50 1200 0.050 0.50
1ph200 0.10 0.045 0.45
A6M06CT 4 6 60 Cont. 1500 0.042 0.42 ZP 0.7
1ph220 60 0.10 1550 0.040 0.40 0.055 0.55
1ph220 0.08 0.050 0.50 0.050 0.50
A6M06DT 4 6 50 Cont. 1200 ZP CE 0.6
1ph240 0.09 0.053 0.53 0.055 0.55

Speed
controller
(Overview)


Unit type

Reversible motor
Socket type
Frame Rating torque Over-
Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
Speed ratiang pro-
controller mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
(Induction)
50 1200 0.050 0.50
1ph100 0.21 0.045 0.45
Speed A6R06AT 4 6 60 30Min. 1500 0.042 0.42 ZP CE 3.0
controller 1ph110 60 0.22 1550 0.040 0.40 0.060 0.60
(Reversible)
A6R06BT 4 6 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.18 1500 0.042 0.42 0.050 0.50 ZP UL/CE 2.3
Speed control- 60 50 1200 0.050 0.50
1ph200 0.10 0.053 0.53
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
A6R06CT 4 6 60 30Min. 1500 0.042 0.42 ZP CE 0.8
1ph220 60 0.11 1550 0.040 0.40 0.060 0.60
1ph220 0.09 0.047 0.47 0.050 0.50
Brake Packs A6R06DT 4 6 50 30Min. 1200 ZP CE 0.7
1ph240 0.10 0.050 0.50 0.055 0.55

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
Options The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Technical
Information
Gear head rating torque table

Overview Gear head type: G6D


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
6W
50Hz Nm 0.13 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.76 0.76 0.95
Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.9 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.7 7.7 9.7
15W Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.62 0.62 0.76
Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.4 5.2 6.3 6.3 7.8
25W
Gear head type: G6D
40W Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 1.14 1.36 1.52 1.72 2.06 2.57 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
60W Rating torque
Kgfcm 11.6 13.9 15.5 17.5 21.0 26.2 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
90W 60Hz Nm 0.92 1.11 1.24 1.39 1.67 2.09 2.50 2.78 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 9.4 11.3 12.6 14.2 17.0 21.3 25.5 28.4 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

66
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


60mm 6
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A6 MR 06 T
Gear head type G6 D

6 44 6.5 44

Gear head output shaft detail

29.5
0.015
0
32

8h7

0.1
0

8
12

7
10
24
59.5

60
3
+ 0.5
70
.D
P. C
6.5
75* 30(40) 32
Table1 60
4 4.5
137(147)*

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor

Motor Table1. Gear head length


TypeA6 06 T M
R
Gear head size Length (mm)
G63D G618D 30
6 44 6.5 44 G620D G6200D 40
29.5

4- 4.5
0.030
5 9.5

60
54h7

+ 0.5
70
.D
P. C
6.5 2
75* 60
12.7
(87.7)*

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Induction motor 0.76
Intermediate gear head Reversible motor 0.77
Type: G6XH10 G63D
0.24
G618D
Gear head

(38.7) G620D
26 12.7
0.30
60 G640D
2
+ 0.5 G650D
.D
70 0.33
P. C G6200D
Intermediate gear head 0.18
0.030
0
54h7

4 4.5

67
6 60mm

Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Wiring diagram

Reversible

Induction motor
Electromagnetic
brakes A6M06AT A6M06BT A6M06CT A6M06DT

CW CCW CW,CCW
Terminal boxes

4 Black 4 Black 3 Black


CW
(Overview)

3 Brown 2 Gray CW

M 1 White
M 1 White
M 1 White
CW Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
2 Gray Cap CCW
3 Brown Cap CCW 2 Brown
Cap
CCW
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be
Earth Earth Earth
unsuccessful, or may take some time

Reversible motor
A6R06AT A6R06BT A6R06CT A6R06DT
Speed
controller CW,CCW CW,CCW
(Overview)
3 Black 3 Black

CW CW
Unit type
M 1 White
CW
M 1 White
CW
Cap Cap
CCW Gray CCW CCW
Socket type 2 2 Brown CCW
Earth Earth
Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options W
Induction motor Reversible motor
(8)

(4.5)
Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H Voltage Capacity W T H
Condenser type Motor type Condenser type
T

Technical
Information (V) () (mm) (mm) (mm) (V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)
1ph100 1ph100
#187 A6M06AT 2.5 DMF-25255 36 16 25 A6R06AT 3.0 DMF-25305 36 16 25
1ph110 1ph110
A6M06BT 1ph115 2.0 DMF-25205 36 16 25 A6R06BT 1ph115 2.3 DMF-25235 36 16 25
10

1ph200 1ph200
Overview A6M06CT 0.7 DMF-45704 36 16 25 A6R06CT 0.8 DMF-45804 36 16 25
MARKING
1ph220 1ph220
H

1ph220 1ph220
A6M06DT 0.6 DMF-45604 36 16 25 A6R06DT 0.7 DMF-45704 36 16 25
1ph240 1ph240
6W

15W

25W
Related information
40W Selection procedure: Induction. p. 11, Reversible. p. 31

Options: Induction. p. 169, Reversible. p. 169


60W
Standard specifications: Induction. p. 10, Reversible. p. 28

Technical information: Induction. p. 175, Reversible. p. 175


90W

68
TM

MEMO

69
15 70mm
Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible
Induction motor
Frame Rating torque Over-
Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
Electromagnetic size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
brakes ratiang pro-
mm sq
(W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.35 1250 0.120 1.20
1ph100 0.090 0.90 5.0
A7M15AT 4 15
Terminal boxes

60 Cont. 0.34 1550 0.100 1.00


1ph110 60 0.34 1600 0.100 1.00 0.110 1.10
(Overview)

50 0.19 1200 0.125 1.25


70
A7M15CT 4 15
1ph200
60 Cont. 0.18 1500 0.120 1.20
0.090 0.90 1.2
1ph220 60 0.19 1550 0.110 1.10 0.110 1.10
1ph220 0.16 0.125 1.25 0.075 0.75
A7M15DT 4 15 50 Cont. 1200 TP CE 0.9
1ph240 0.18 0.135 1.35 0.090 0.90

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type
Reversible motor
Speed Frame Rating torque Over-
controller Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque
heating Standard Condenser
(Induction) size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Speed 50 1200 0.125 1.25
controller 1ph100 0.42 0.090 0.90
(Reversible) A7R15AT 4 15 60 30Min. 1500 0.100 1.00 TP CE 6.0
1ph110 60 0.44 1550 0.100 1.00 0.110 1.10
Speed control-
ler (Electro- A7R15BT 4 15 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.35 1550 0.100 1.00 0.095 0.95 TP UL/CE 4.5
magnetic brake) 70 50 1200 0.125 1.25
1ph200 0.21 0.090 0.90
A7R15CT 4 15 60 30Min. 1500 0.100 1.00 TP CE 1. 5
Brake Packs 1ph220 60 0.22 1550 0.100 1.00 0.110 1.10
1ph220 0.17 0.125 1.25 0.090 0.90
A7R15DT 4 15 50 30Min. 1200 TP CE 1.2
1ph240 0.18 0.145 1.45 0.110 1.10
Options The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Technical
Information
Gear head rating torque table

Overview
Gear head type: G7K
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
6W Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.31 0.38 0.53 0.64 0.79 0.95 1.06 1.32 1.59 1.90 1.90 2.37
15W Kgfcm 3.2 3.9 5.4 6.5 8.1 9.7 10.8 13.5 16.2 19.4 19.4 24.2
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.29 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.89 0.99 1.25 1.49 1.79 1.79 2.24
25W Kgfcm 3.0 3.6 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.1 12.7 15.2 18.2 18.2 22.8

40W
Gear head type: G7K
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
60W 50Hz Nm 2.85 3.42 3.81 4.28 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Rating torque
Kgfcm 29.1 34.9 38.8 43.6 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
90W
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.68 3.22 3.58 4.02 4.83 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 27.3 32.8 36.5 41.0 49.2 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

70
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


70mm 15
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A7 MR 15 T
Gear head type G7 K
6 44 7 44

Gear head output shaft detail

0.015

29.5
0
32 0.1
2.5

10h7

10
0

0.03
25

0
4
30

15
23

70
69

3
+ 0.5
82
.D
P. C

80* 32(42) 32 70
4 5.5
Table1
144(154)*
key size
Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction
motor 25 +0.2

0.03
0
4 0.03

0
4
Motor
TypeA7 MR 15 T
6 44 7 44
Table1. Gear head length
Gear head size Length(mm)
4- 5.5 G73K G718K 32
29.5

G720K G7200K 42
0.030
0
69

70
64h7

+ 0.5
82
P. C
.D Table2. Weight
7 2
70
Weight(kg)
80* 13.4
Induction motor 1.10
(93.4)*
Reversible motor 1.11
Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction G73K
0.38
G718K
Gear head

motor
G720K
0.47
G740K
G750K
0.52
Intermediate gear head G7200K
Intermediate gear head 0.32
Type: G7XH10
(43.4)

30 13.4
70
2
+ 0.5
82
D
P.C.
0.030
0
64h7

4 5.5

71
15 70mm
Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Wiring diagram

Reversible

Induction motor
Electromagnetic
brakes A7M15AT A7M15CT A7M15DT

CW CCW CW,CCW
Terminal boxes

4 Black 4 Black 3 Black

TP
(Overview)

CW Gray CW
3 Brown 2

M 1 White
M 1 White
M 1 White
CW Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
2 Gray Cap CCW 3 Brown Cap CCW 2 Brown
Cap
CCW
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
Earth Earth Earth If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be
unsuccessful, or may take some time

Reversible motor
A7R15AT A7R15BT A7R15CT A7R15DT
Speed
controller CW,CCW CW,CCW
(Overview)

3 Black 3 Black
TP

TP

Unit type CW CW

M 1 White
CW
M 1 White
CW
Cap Cap
Socket type CCW 2 Gray CCW CCW 2 Brown CCW
Earth Earth
Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options

W
Induction motor Reversible motor
Technical
(8)

Information (4.5) Voltage Capacity W T H Voltage Capacity W T H


Motor type Condenser type Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm) (V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100 1ph100
A7M15AT 5.0 DMF-25505 38 19 29 A7R15AT 6.0 DMF-25605 38 19 29
Overview
#187
1ph110 1ph110
1ph200 A7R15BT 1ph115 4.5 DMF-25455 38 19 29
10

A7M15CT 1.2 DMF-45125 36 16 25


1ph220 1ph200
A7R15CT 1.5 DMF-45155 36 16 25
MARKING 1ph220 1ph220
H

6W A7M15DT 0.9 DMF-45904 36 16 25


1ph240 1ph220
A7R15DT 1.2 DMF-45125 36 16 25
1ph240

15W

25W

Related information
40W Selection procedure: Induction. p. 11, Reversible. p. 31

Options: Induction. p. 169, Reversible. p. 169


60W
Standard specifications: Induction. p. 10, Reversible. p. 28

Technical information: Induction. p. 175, Reversible. p. 175


90W

72
TM

MEMO

73
25 80mm

Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible Induction motor


Frame Rating torque Over-
Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque
pro-
Electromagnetic
brakes mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.57 1250 0.200 2.00
1ph100 0.145 1.45
A8M25AT 4 25 60 Cont. 0.52 1550 0.165 1.65 6.0
Terminal boxes

1ph110 60 0.51 1600 0.160 1.60 0.180 1.80


(Overview)

50 0.30 1250 0.200 2.00


1ph200 0.145 1.45
A8M25CT 4 25 60 Cont. 0.29 1500 0.170 1.70 1.5
1ph220 60 0.23 1550 0.165 1.65 0.180 1.80
1ph220 0.23 0.210 2.10 0.110 1.10
A8M25DT 4 25 50 Cont. 1200 TP CE 1. 3
1ph240 0.25 0.220 2.20 0.180 1.30
50 0.25 1300 0.195 1.95 0.340 3.40
3ph200
60 0.22 1550 0.165 1.65 0.270 2.70
80 A8M25JT 4 25 Cont. TP CE
50 0.26 1350 0.190 1.90 0.410 4.10
3ph220
60 0.23 1600 0.160 1.60 0.320 3.20
Speed
controller 50 0.14 1250 0.200 2.00 0.315 3.15
(Overview) 3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.12 1500 0.170 1.70 0.250 2.50
50 0.14 1250 0.210 2.10 0.350 3.50
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
Unit type 60 0.12 1500 0.180 1.80 0.275 2.75
A8M25KT 4 25
50 0.15 1300 0.195 1.95 0.375 3.75
3ph415 Cont. TP CE
60 0.13 1550 0.165 1.65 0.300 3.00
Socket type 50 0.15 1300 0.210 2.10 0.440 4.40
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
60 0.13 1550 0.180 1.80 0.340 3.40
Speed
controller
(Induction) Reversible motor
Frame Rating torque Over-
Speed Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
controller size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
(Reversible)
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.63 1250 0.210 2.10
Speed control- 1ph100 0.180 1.80
ler (Electro- A8R25AT 4 25 60 30Min. 0.70 1500 0.170 1.70 TP CE 10.0
magnetic brake)
1ph110 60 0.71 1550 0.170 1.70 0.230 2.30
A8R25BT 4 25 1ph115 60 30Min. 0.63 1550 0.170 1.70 0.130 1.30 TP UL/CE 7.0
Brake Packs 80 50 1250 0.210 2.10
1ph200 0.33 0.180 1.80
A8R25CT 4 25 60 30Min. 1550 0.170 1.70 TP CE 2.5
1ph220 60 0.35 1600 0.165 1.65 0.230 2.30
Options 1ph220 0.26 0.200 2.00 0.170 1.70
A8R25DT 4 25 50 30Min. 1200 TP CE 2.0
1ph240 0.28 0.220 2.20 0.220 2.20

Technical The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
Information The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Overview
Gear head rating torque table

6W Gear head type: G8K


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
15W
50Hz Nm 0.52 0.63 0.87 1.05 1.31 1.57 1.74 2.19 2.62 3.15 3.15 3.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 5.3 6.4 8.9 10.7 13.4 16.0 17.8 22.3 26.7 32.1 32.1 40.2
25W Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.43 0.51 0.72 0.85 1.07 1.28 1.43 1.78 2.15 2.57 2.58 3.22
Rating torque
Kgfcm 4.4 5.2 7.3 8.7 10.9 13.1 14.6 18.2 21.9 26.2 26.3 32.9
40W
Gear head type: G8K
60W Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 4.72 5.66 6.29 7.12 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
90W Kgfcm 48.2 57.8 64.2 72.6 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 3.86 4.64 5.16 5.82 6.99 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 39.4 47.3 52.6 59.4 71.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

74
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


80mm 25
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A8 MR 25 T
Gear head type G8 K
8 55 7 55

Gear head output shaft detail

39
0.015
4 5.5 32
22

0.1
2.5
0

10
0

0.03
10h7
25

0
4
79.5

34

15

80
23
3

+ 0.5
94
.D
P. C
32(42.5)
85*
Table1
32 80 key size
149(159.5)*

0.03
0
25 +0.2 4 0

4
0.03
Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction
motor

Motor
TypeA8 MR 25 T Table1. Gear head length
Gear head size Length (mm)
55
8 55 7 G83K G818K 32
G820K G8200K 42.5
39

4 5.5
22

0.030

+ 0.5
79.5

94
0

80

P. C.D Table2. Weight


73h7

Weight(kg)
Induction motor 1.55
7 2 Reversible motor 1.60
80
85* 13.6 G83K
0.43
G818K
Gear head

98.6*

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction G820K


0.57
motor G840K
G850K
0.61
G8200K
Intermediate gear head 0.43
Intermediate gear head
Type: G8XH10
(45.6)
32 13.6 80
2

+ 0.5
94
P. C.D
0.030
0
73h7

4 5.5

75
25 80mm

Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Wiring diagram

Reversible
Induction motor
A8M25AT A8M25CT A8M25DT A8M25JT A8M25KT
Electromagnetic
brakes CW CCW CW,CCW CW CCW CW CCW
1 Black(U) R 1 Black(U) S 1 Black(U) R 1 Black(U) S
4 Black 4 Black 3 Black
CW CW
CW

TP
Terminal boxes

3 Brown 2 Gray CW 2 White(V) 2 White(V) R 2 Red(V) Red(V)


S S 2 R
4 Earth
M M M M
(Overview)

TP TP
M M M 1 White
TP TP

TP

TP
1 White 1 White CW CCW CCW
CCW 3 Gray(W) T 3 Gray(W) T 3 Brown(W) T 3 Brown(W) T
Cap Cap Cap
2 Gray 3 Brown CCW 2 Brown CCW TP TP
Earth Earth 4 4 4 4
Earth Earth Earth Earth
Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful, or may take some time

Speed
controller
(Overview)
Reversible motor
A8R25AT A8R25BT A8R25CT A8R25DT
Unit type CW,CCW CW,CCW
3 Black 3 Black
TP

TP

Socket type CW CW
4 Earth 4 Earth
M 1 White
CW M 1 White
CW
Speed Cap Cap
controller CCW 2 Gray CCW 2 Brown
(Induction) CCW CCW

Speed
controller Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options
W Induction motor Reversible motor
(8)

Technical
Information (4.5) Voltage Capacity W T H Voltage Capacity W T H
Motor type Condenser type Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm) (V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100 1ph100
#187 A8M25AT 6.0 DMF-25605 38 19 29 A8R25AT 10.0 DMF-251006 47 19 28
1ph110 1ph110
Overview
1ph200 A8R25BT 1ph115 7.0 DMF-25705 48 21 33
10

A8M25CT 1.5 DMF-45155 36 16 25


1ph220 1ph200
MARKING
A8R25CT 2.5 DMF-45255 47 19 28
1ph220 1ph220
H

A8M25DT 1.3 DMF-45135 36 16 25


6W 1ph240
A8R25DT
1ph220
2.0 DMF-45205 38 19 29
1ph240

15W

25W

Related information
40W Selection procedure: Induction. p. 11, Reversible. p. 31

Options: Induction. p. 169, Reversible. p. 169


60W
Standard specifications: Induction. p. 10, Reversible. p. 28

Technical information: Induction. p. 175, Reversible. p. 175


90W

76
TM

MEMO

77
40 90mm
Overview

Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible
Induction motor
Frame Rating torque Over-
Electromagnetic Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
brakes size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 0.80 1300 0.310 3.10
1ph100 0.240 2.40
Terminal boxes

A9M40AT 4 40 60 Cont. 0.85 1550 0.260 2.60 10.0


(Overview)

1ph110 60 0.82 1600 0.250 2.50 0.290 2.90


50 0.41 1300 0.310 3.10
1ph200 0.240 2.40
A9M40CT 4 40 60 Cont. 0.43 1550 0.260 2.60 2.5
1ph220 60 0.41 1600 0.250 2.50 0.290 2.90
1ph220 0.34 0.315 3.15 0.180 1.80
A9M40DT 4 40 50 Cont. 1250 TP CE 2.0
1ph240 0.37 0.335 3.35 0.210 2.10
50 0.30 1300 0.310 3.10 0.490 4.90
3ph200 Cont.
60 0.28 1550 0.260 2.60 0.370 3.70
90 A9M40JT 4 40 TP CE
Speed 50 0.30 1350 0.300 3.00 0.590 5.90
controller
3ph220 Cont.
60 0.28 1600 0.250 2.50 0.450 4.50
(Overview)
50 0.21 1300 0.320 3.20 0.630 6.30
3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.19 1550 0.270 2.70 0.485 4.85
Unit type 50 0.21 1300 0.330 3.30 0.690 6.90
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
A9M40KT 4 40
60 0.19 1550 0.280 2.80 0.525 5.25
50 0.21 1350 0.310 3.10 0.730 7.30
Socket type 3ph415 Cont. TP CE
60 0.19 1600 0.260 2.60 0.570 5.70
50 0.21 1350 0.320 3.20 0.820 8.20
Speed
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
controller
60 0.19 1600 0.270 2.70 0.630 6.30
(Induction)

Speed Reversible motor


controller
(Reversible)
Frame Rating torque Over-
Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
Speed control- ratiang pro-
ler (Electro- mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
magnetic brake)
50 0.84 1300 0.300 3.00
1ph100 0.280 2.80
A9R40AT 4 40 60 30Min. 1.00 1550 0.260 2.60 TP CE 15.0
Brake Packs
1ph110 60 1.00 1600 0.250 2.50 0.350 3.50
A9R40BT 4 40 1ph115 60 30Min. 1.00 1550 0.270 2.70 0.290 2.90 TP UL/CE 12.0
90 50 0.39 1300 0.310 3.10
Options 1ph200 0.280 2.80
A9R40CT 4 40 60 30Min. 0.47 1550 0.260 2.60 TP CE 3.5
1ph220 60 0.46 1600 0.250 2.50 0.350 3.50
Technical 1ph220 0.40 0.320 3.20 0.300 3.00
Information A9R40DT 4 40 50 30Min. 1250 TP CE 3.0
1ph240 0.42 0.340 3.40 0.320 3.20
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Overview
Gear head rating torque table

6W Gear head type: G9AK


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
15W
50Hz Nm 0.81 0.97 1.35 1.62 2.03 2.43 2.70 3.37 4.05 4.86 4.86 6.09
Rating torque
Kgfcm 8.3 9.9 13.8 16.5 20.7 24.8 27.5 34.4 41.3 49.6 49.6 62.1
25W Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.67 0.80 1.11 1.33 1.67 2.00 2.23 2.78 3.33 4.00 4.01 5.01
Rating torque
Kgfcm 6.8 8.2 11.3 13.6 17.0 20.4 22.7 28.4 34.0 40.8 40.9 51.1
40W

Gear head type: G9AK


60W Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
90W 50Hz Nm 7.30 8.76 9.73 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Kgfcm 74.5 89.4 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 6.01 7.21 8.02 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Kgfcm 61.3 73.6 81.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

78
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 40
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 40 T
Gear head type G9A K

7 55
8 55

Gear head output shaft detail

0.018

39
4 6.5
32

0
22

0.1
2.5

12
0

12h7

0.03
25

0
4
18
36

90
87.5

23
3
+ 0.5
104
.D
P. C
7
105* 42(60) 32 90
Table1
179(197)* key size

0.03
Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction 25 +0.2

0
0
4

4
0.03
motor

Motors
Type A9 MR 40 T
55 55 Table1. Gear head length
8 7
Gear head size Length(mm)
G9A3KG9A18K 42
4 6.5
G9A20KG9A200K 60
39
22

0.035
87.5

90
0
83h7

Table2. Weight
+ 0.5
104 Weight(kg)
.D
P. C
90
Industion Motor 2.40
7 2
Reversible Motor 2.45
105* 18.5
G9A3K
(123.5)* 0.73
Gear head

G9A18K
Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction G9A20K
motor
1.03
G9A40K
G9A50K
1.13
G9A200K
Intermediate gear head 0.60

Intermediate gear head


TypeG9AXH10
(55.5)
37 18.5 90
2
+ 0.5
104
P. C.D
0.035
0
83h7

4 6.5

79
40 90mm

Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Wiring diagram

Reversible Induction motor


A9M40AT A9M40CT A9M40DT A9M40JT A9M40KT
Electromagnetic
brakes CW CCW CW,CCW CW CCW CW CCW
1 Black(U) R 1 Black(U) S 1 Black(U) R 1 Black(U) S
4 Black 4 Black 3 Black
CW CW
CW

TP
3 Brown 2 Gray CW 2 White(V) White(V)
Terminal boxes

S 2 R 2 Red(V) S 2 Red(V) R
4 Earth
M TP M TP M M
M M M TP TP
(Overview)

1 White
1 White 1 White CW 3 Gray(W) CCW 3 Gray(W) CCW
CCW T T 3 Brown(W) T 3 Brown(W) T
Cap Cap Cap
2 Gray 3 Brown CCW 2 Brown TP TP
CCW TP TP
Earth Earth 4 4 4 4
Earth Earth Earth Earth
Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful, or may take some time

Speed
controller
(Overview)
Reversible motor
A9R40AT A9R40BT A9R40CT A9R40DT

Unit type CW,CCW CW,CCW


3 Black 3 Black
TP

TP

Socket type CW CW
4 Earth 4 Earth
M 1 White
CW M 1 White
CW
Speed Cap Cap
CCW 2 Gray CCW 2 Brown
controller CCW CCW
(Induction)

Speed Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options

W Induction motor Reversible motor


Technical
(8)

Information
(4.5)
Voltage Capacity W T H Voltage Capacity W T H
Motor type Condenser type Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm) (V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100 1ph100
Overview #187 A9M40AT 10.0 DMF-251006 47 19 28 A9R40AT 15.0 DMF-251506 50 25 40
1ph110 1ph110
10

1ph200 A9R40BT 1ph115 12.0 DMF-251206 48 21 33


A9M40CT 2.5 DMF-45255 47 19 28
1ph220 1ph200
MARKING A9R40CT 3.5 DMF-45355 48 21 33
H

6W 1ph220 1ph220
A9M40DT 2.0 DMF-45205 38 19 29
1ph240 1ph220
A9R40DT 3.0 DMF-45305 47 19 28
1ph240

15W

25W
Related information
40W Selection procedure: Induction. p. 11, Reversible. p. 31

Options: Induction. p. 169, Reversible. p. 169


60W
Standard specifications: Induction. p. 10, Reversible. p. 28

Technical information: Induction. p. 175, Reversible. p. 175


90W

80
TM

MEMO

81
60 90mm

Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible Induction motor


Frame Rating torque Over-
Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
Electromagnetic size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
brakes ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 1.26 1300 0.460 4.60
1ph100 0.340 3.40
A9M60AHT 4 60 60 Cont. 1.37 1550 0.390 3.90 15.0
Terminal boxes

1ph110 60 1.35 1600 0.380 3.80 0.480 4.80


(Overview)

50 0.65 1300 0.470 4.70


1ph200 0.385 3.85
A9M60CHT 4 60 60 Cont. 0.70 1550 0.400 4.00 4.0
1ph220 60 0.68 1600 0.390 3.90 0.480 4.80
1ph220 0.47 0.460 4.60 0.320 3.20
A9M60DHT 4 60 50 Cont. 1300 TP CE 3.5
1ph240 0.50 0.490 4.90 0.390 3.90
50 Cont.
0.46 1300 0.460 4.60 0.710 7.10
3ph200
60 0.42 1550 0.390 3.90 0.540 5.40
90 A9M60JHT 4 60 TP CE
50 0.46 1350 0.440 4.40 0.860 8.60
Speed 3ph220 Cont.
controller 60 0.41 1600 0.390 3.90 0.680 6.80
(Overview) 50 0.27 1300 0.460 4.60 0.825 8.25
3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.24 1550 0.390 3.90 0.650 6.50
Unit type 50 0.29 1300 0.470 4.70 0.930 9.30
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
60 0.25 1550 0.400 4.00 0.735 7.35
A9M60KHT 4 60
50 0.27 1350 0.460 4.60 0.995 9.95
3ph415 Cont. TP CE
Socket type 60 0.23 1600 0.380 3.80 0.750 7.50
50 0.31 1350 0.470 4.70 1.075 10.75
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
Speed 60 0.25 1600 0.390 3.90 0.840 8.40
controller
(Induction)

Speed
Reversible motor
controller
(Reversible) Frame Rating torque Over-
Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
size Motor Type Poles Current Output speed Torque
ratiang pro-
Speed control- mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) 50 1.40 1250 0.480 4.80
1ph100 0.600 6.00
A9R60AHT 4 60 60 30Min. 1.60 1550 0.390 3.90 TP CE 25.0
Brake Packs
1ph110 60 1.60 1600 0.380 3.80 0.700 7.00
A9R60BHT 4 60 1ph115 60 30Min. 1.30 1600 0.390 3.90 0.600 6.00 TP UL/CE 20.0
90 1ph200
50 0.70 1250 0.480 4.80
0.550 5.50
Options
A9R60CHT 4 60 60 30Min. 0.76 1550 0.390 3.90 TP CE 6.0
1ph220 60 0.75 1600 0.380 3.80 0.700 7.00
1ph220 0.63 0.480 4.80 0.590 5.90
A9R60DHT 4 60
1ph240
50 30Min.
0.67
1250
0.500 5.00 0.630 6.30
TP CE 5. 0
Technical
Information
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Overview
Gear head rating torque table

6W Gear head type:


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
15W
50Hz Nm 1.20 1.43 1.99 2.38 2.99 3.58 3.97 4.47 5.37 6.44 7.15 8.09
Rating torque
Kgfcm 12.2 14.6 20.3 24.3 30.4 36.5 40.5 45.6 54.8 65.7 73.0 82.5
25W Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.95 1.15 1.59 1.90 2.38 2.86 3.18 3.58 4.29 5.16 5.72 6.47
Rating torque
Kgfcm 9.7 11.7 16.2 19.4 24.3 29.2 32.4 36.5 43.8 52.6 58.4 66.0
40W
Gear head type:
60W Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 9.70 11.66 12.94 16.17 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
90W
Kgfcm 99.0 119.0 132.0 165.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 7.76 9.31 10.39 12.94 15.48 17.35 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Kgfcm 79.2 95.0 106.0 132.0 158.0 177.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
= in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm)
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the
opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

82
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 60
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 60 T
Gear head type G9B KH
55
8 55 7

Gear head output shaft detail

39
38

15h7 0.018
21

0
27.5 0.1

15
3

0.03
0

0
Tap

5
M510 Depth

34
34

18
25
90

90
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C

32 4- 6.5
122.8
7
65.5
7
90 key size
38

0.03
226.3 27.5 +0.2 0

0
5 0.03

5
Motors Table1. Weight
Type A9 MR 60 T Weight(kg)
8 55 7 55 Industion Motor 2.55
Reversible Motor 2.60
G9B3KH
1.21
39

G9B10KH
21

Gear head
G9B12.5KH
1.30
G9B20KH
0.035

G9B25KH
90

1.40
90
83h7

G9B60KH
+ 0.5
104 G9B75KH
P.C
.D 1.45
G9B200KH
32 7 2 90 Intermediate gear head 0.65
4- 6.5
122.8 21
(143.8)

Intermediate gear head


TypeG9AXH10
(61)
40 21
2 90
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

83
60 90mm

Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Wiring diagram

Reversible Induction motor


A9M60AHT A9M60CHT A9M60DHT A9M60JHT A9M60KHT
Electromagnetic CW CCW CW,CCW CW CCW CW CCW
brakes
1 Black(U) R 1 Black(U) S 1 Black(U) R 1 Black(U) S
4 Black 4 Black 3 Black
CW CW

TP
CW Gray CW
3 Brown 2
2 White(V) S 2 White(V) 2 Red(V) S 2 Red(V) R
R
Terminal boxes

4 Earth
M M M M
M M M 1 White TP TP TP TP
(Overview)

1 White 1 White CW CCW


3 Gray(W) T CCW 3 Gray(W) T 3 Brown(W) T 3 Brown(W) T
Cap CCW Cap Cap
2 Gray 3 Brown CCW 2 Brown CCW TP TP TP TP
Earth Earth
4 4 4 4
Earth Earth Earth Earth

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

Speed
controller
(Overview)
Reversible motor
A9R60AHT A9R60BHT A9R60CHT A9R60DHT

Unit type CW,CCW CW,CCW


3 Black 3 Black
TP

TP

CW CW
Socket type 4 Earth 4 Earth
M 1 White
CW M 1 White
CW
Cap Cap
Speed CCW 2 Gray CCW 2 Brown
CCW CCW
controller
(Induction)

Speed Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options

Technical
W
Induction motor Reversible motor
(8)

Information (4.5)
Voltage Capacity W T H
Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm) (V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100 1ph100
Overview
#187
A9M60AHT 15.0 DMF-251506 50 25 40 A9R60AHT 25.0 DMF-252506 58 36 39
1ph110 1ph110
10

1ph200 A9R60BHT 1ph115 20.0 DMF-252006 58 36 39


A9M60CHT 4.0 DMF-45405 48 21 33
1ph220 1ph200
MARKING A9R60CHT 6.0 DMF-45605 50 25 40
H

6W A9M60DHT
1ph220
3.5 DMF-45355 48 21 33
1ph220
1ph240 1ph220
A9R60DHT 5.0 DMF-45505 50 25 40
1ph240

15W

25W
Related information
40W Selection procedure: Induction. p. 11, Reversible. p. 31

Options: Induction. p. 169, Reversible. p. 169


60W
Standard specifications: Induction. p. 10, Reversible. p. 28

Technical information: Induction. p. 175, Reversible. p. 175


90W

84
TM

MEMO

85
90 90mm

Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible
Induction motor
Frame Rating torque Over-
Electromagnetic Output Voltage Frequency Time Starting torque heating Standard Condenser
brakes size Motor Type Poles ratiang Current Output speed Torque
pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 1.80 1300 0.690 6.90
1ph100 0.500 5.00
A9M90AHT 4 90 25.0
Terminal boxes

60 Cont. 2.00 1550 0.580 5.80


1ph110 60 2.00 1600 0.560 5.60 0.570 5.70
(Overview)

50 0.90 1300 0.690 6.90


1ph200 0.500 5.00
A9M90CHT 4 90 60 Cont. 1.00 1550 0.580 5.80 6.0
1ph220 60 1.00 1600 0.560 5.60 0.570 5.70
1ph220 0.68 0.690 6.90 0.480 4.80
A9M90DHT 4 90 50 Cont. 1300 TP CE 5. 0
1ph240 0.72 0.720 7.20 0.520 5.20
50 0.63 1300 0.690 6.90 1.010 10.10
3ph200 Cont.
60 0.60 1550 0.600 6.00 0.760 7.60
90 A9M90JHT 4 90 TP CE
50 0.63 1350 0.680 6.80 1.250 12.50
Speed 3ph220 Cont.
controller 60 0.60 1600 0.570 5.70 0.960 9.60
(Overview)
50 0.32 1300 0.680 6.80 1.055 10.55
3ph380 Cont. TP CE
60 0.30 1550 0.570 5.70 0.820 8.20
Unit type 50 0.35 1300 0.690 6.90 1.170 11.70
3ph400 Cont. TP CE
60 0.32 1550 0.580 5.80 0.890 8.90
A9M90KHT 4 90
50 0.33 1350 0.680 6.80 1.200 12.00
Socket type 3ph415 Cont. TP CE
60 0.29 1600 0.570 5.70 0.950 9.50
50 0.35 1350 0.690 6.90 1.330 13.30
3ph440 Cont. TP CE
Speed 60 0.31 1600 0.580 5.80 1.050 10.50
controller
(Induction)
Reversible motor
Speed
controller Rating torque
(Reversible) Frame Output Voltage Frequency Starting torque Over-
size Motor Type Poles Time Current Output speed Torque heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
Speed control-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (A) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) 50 2.10 1200 0.750 7.50 0.650 6.50
1ph100
A9R90AHT 4 90 60 30Min. 2.25 1500 0.600 6.00 0.650 6.50 TP CE 30.0
1ph110 60 2.25 1550 0.580 5.80 0.850 8.50
Brake Packs
A9R90BHT 4 90 1ph115 60 30Min. 1.80 1550 0.600 6.00 0.800 8.00 TP UL/CE 25.0
90 50 0.90 1200 0.750 7.50 0.650 6.50
1ph200
Options A9R90CHT 4 90 60 30Min. 1.00 1500 0.600 6.00 0.650 6.50 TP CE 7.0
1ph220 60 1.00 1550 0.580 5.80 0.850 8.50
1ph220 0.82 0.720 7.20 0.650 6.50
Technical A9R90DHT 4 90 50 30Min. 1250 TP CE 6.0
Information 1ph240 0.86 0.740 7.40 0.800 8.00
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Overview
Gear head rating torque table

6W Gear head type: G9BKH


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
15W
50Hz Nm 1.78 2.15 2.98 3.58 4.47 5.36 5.96 6.70 8.05 9.66 10.78 12.15
Rating torque
Kgfcm 18.2 21.9 30.4 36.5 45.6 54.7 60.8 68.4 82.1 98.6 110.0 124.0
25W Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 1.43 1.72 2.38 2.86 3.58 4.68 4.76 5.37 6.44 7.72 8.59 9.70
Rating torque
Kgfcm 14.6 17.5 24.3 29.2 36.5 43.7 48.6 54.8 65.7 78.8 87.6 99.0
40W
Gear head type: G9BKH
60W Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 14.60 17.44 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
90W Rating torque
Kgfcm 149.0 178.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 11.66 14.01 15.48 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
Kgfcm 119.0 143.0 158.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm)
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as
the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

86
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 90
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 90 HT
Gear head type G9B KH
55
8 55 7

Gear head output shaft detail

39
38

0.018
21

0
15h7
27.5 0.1

15
3

0.03
0

0
Tap

5
M510 Depth

34
34

18
25
90

90
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C

32 7 7 4- 6.5
137.8 65.5 38
90 key size

0.03
241.3 27.5 +0.2 0

0
5 0.03

5
Motor
TypeA9 MR 90 HT Table1. Weight
55
8 55 7 Weight(kg)
Induction motor 3.05
Reversible motor 3.10
39

G9B3KH
21

1.21
G9B10KH

Gear head
G9B12.5KH
1.30
0.035

G9B20KH
90

0
83h7

90

G9B25KH
+0.5

104
1.40
P.C
.D G9B60KH
G9B75KH
32 7 2 4- 6.5 90
1.45
G9B200KH
137.8 21
Intermediate gear head 0.65
(158.8)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40 21
2 90
+ 0.5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

87
90 90mm

Overview
Motors with terminal boxes
Induction
Wiring diagram

Reversible Induction motor


A9M90AHT A9M90CHT A9M90DHT A9M90JHT A9M90KHT
Electromagnetic
brakes CW CCW CW,CCW CW CCW CW CCW
1 Black(U) R 1 Black(U) S 1 Black(U) R 1 Black(U) S
4 Black 4 Black 3 Black
CW CW

TP
CW Gray CW
3 Brown 2
Red(V) Red(V) R
Terminal boxes

2 White(V) S 2 White(V) R 2 S 2
4 Earth
M M M M M TP M TP
M 1 White TP TP
(Overview)

1 White 1 White CW
3 Gray(W) T CCW 3 Gray(W) T 3 Brown(W) T CCW 3 Brown(W) T
Cap CCW Cap Cap
2 Gray 3 Brown CCW 2 Brown CCW TP TP TP TP
Earth Earth
4 4 4 4
Earth Earth Earth Earth

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful, or may take some time

Speed
controller
(Overview)
Reversible motor
A9R90AHT A9R90BHT A9R90CHT A9R90DHT

Unit type CW,CCW CW,CCW


3 Black 3 Black
TP

TP

CW CW
Socket type 4 Earth 4 Earth
M 1 White
CW M 1 White
CW
Cap Cap
Speed CCW 2 Gray CCW 2 Brown
CCW CCW
controller
(Induction)

Speed Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options
Fig1
W
Induction motor Reversible motor
Technical
(8)

Information (4.5)

Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H


Condenser type Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H
T

Condenser type
(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm) (V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)
1ph100 1ph100
#187 A9M90AHT 25.0 DMF-252506 58 36 39 A9R90AHT 30.0
40 65
Overview 1ph110 DAL-253006
1ph110
10

1ph200 A9R90BHT 1ph115 25.0 DMF-252506 58 36 39


A9M90CHT 6.0 DMF-45605 50 25 40
1ph220 1ph200
MARKING A9R90CHT 7.0 DMF-45705 50 25 40
H

1ph220 1ph220
6W A9M90DHT
1ph240
5.0 DMF-45505 50 25 40
1ph220
A9R90DHT 6.0 DMF-45605 50 25 40
1ph240
Refor to Fig2
15W
Fig2 W

25W

#187

40W
10

Related information
H

MARKING

60W Selection procedure: Induction. p. 11, Reversible. p. 31

Options: Induction. p. 169, Reversible. p. 169


90W Standard specifications: Induction. p. 10, Reversible. p. 28

Technical information: Induction. p. 175, Reversible. p. 175

88
TM

Speed controllers

TM

Overview of speed controllers P.90

Unit-type speed controllers P.95

Socket-type speed control motors P.113

89
Overview
Overview
Speed controllers
Induction

Reversible
Overview of speed controllers(Characteristics)

Electromagnetic
brakes

1. Speed controllers characteristics


Terminal Speed control switch makes it easy to regulate wide range of speeds (50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min, 60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min).
boxes

Speed controllers come with a built-in TG (tachogenerator), and are designed to enable feedback control. The motor
Speed controller

speed won't change even if the power frequency changes.


(Overview)

On speed control motors with electromagnetic brakes, the instant stop function and electromagnetic brake are both driven
by the controller, enabling a powerful braking force. Since the brakes are de-energizing electromagnetic brakes, the load
is stored when the power is shut off.

2. Operation characteristics
Don't let the motor casing surface temperature of a speed control motor exceed 90C during operation.
Unit type
Fig1. shows the N-T characteristic of a speed control motor, with operation limit lines. The operation limit lines indicate the
torque limit (operation limit torque) for continuous operation (30-minute operation for reversible motors). This limit has
Socket type
been set to keep the motor casing temperature below 90. The formula below provides a rough estimate of temperature.

Speed
controller
(Induction)
TM (T1200 - T90) x (NL - 90)/1,110 + T90
TM : Equivalent transmitted torque converted to motor shaft torque (N m)
Speed NL : Motor's minimum speed (r/min)
controller
(Reversible)
T1200 : Operation limit torque at 1,200 RPM (N m)
Speed control- T90 : Operation limit torque at 90 RPM (N m)
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
Note that when the motor is operated at speed settings, the motor speed decreases slightly when the load increases.
Brake Packs
50Hz
60Hz
Maximum torgue
Operation limit line50Hz
Options Operation limit line60Hz
200
Torque(Nm)

Technical
Information 150

100

Overview
50

6W 0 90 200 500 1000 1500 1800


Motor output speed(r/min)

15W Fig. N-T characteristic of a speed control motors

3. Principle of speed controllers


25W Speed control motors are comprised of the closed loop shown in Fig2. Voltage set by the speed control switch is
compared to voltage detected by the tachogenerator, and the power voltage is controlled (primary voltage control)
to eliminate the voltage difference, maintaining the motor speed at the set value.
40W
Motor

60W Tachogenerator

4 2 Comparison amplifier
90W Condenser

Speed controllers
Voltage controllers 3

Speed control swich

Power source

Fig2. Principle of speed controllers

90
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of speed controllers(Selection procedure)


Select type of speed controllers

Unit-type Socket-type
Variable speed only (instant braking not needed) See P. 95 Contact CC
CC: Call center
Instant braking needed (parallel operation possible) Can't be used See P. 113

Determine equivalent transmitted torque

Determine service factor (SF) P.92 Actual torque transmitted by gear


motor's slow speed shaft (Nm)
Determine equivalent transmitted torque e S.F. Te: Equivalent transmitted torque (Nm)

Make initial model selection Gear head efficiency. See Table 5 on p. 180.

A : Output shaft's minimum speed (r/min)


Determine reduction ratio 1300
B : Output shaft's maximum speed (r/min)
Tout: Allowable torque of gear head (Nm)
Make initial gear head selection Select model for which Te Tout

Determine motor shaft's maximum


speed and minimum speed
Select the gear head one size larger
NL : Motor's minimum speed (r/min)
NH : Motor's maximum speed (r/min)
Convert equivalent transmitted e100 : Gear head efficiency. See Table 5 on p. 180.
torque to motor shaft torque
TM : Te converted to motor shaft torque (Nm)
Operate motor so that its housing surface temperature T1200: Operation limit torque at 1,200 r/min (Nm)
Check motor temperature rise doesn't exceed 90!!C. The formula below provides an T90 : Operation limit torque at 90 r/min (Nm)
estimate of operation limit torque.
TM (T1200 - T90) x (NL - 90)/1,110 + T90

Check motor's starting torque

Convert equivalent transmitted torque to motor shaft torque 0.8 TMS: Motor starting torque (Nm)
0.8 : Safety coefficient for ensuring
TMS must be no more than the starting starting torque
Check motor starting torque
torque in the selection table

Check load inertia

Calculate load's moment of inertia See p. 92 for how to make the calculation J : Load's moment of inertia (kgm2)
JM: Converted motor shaft's moment
of inertia (kgm2)
JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50)
Convert it to motor shaft moment of inertia JM = J/502 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more)

Check allowable load inertia JM must be no more than the allowable value
of the load's moment of inertia given on p. 12

Check radial load

Calculate radial load r f.. Pr : Shaft radial load (N)


Cf : Load connection factor
SF : Service factor
Pr must be no more than the output shaft's R : Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear,
Check radial load
allowable radial load given in Table 7 on p. pulley or other drive component (m)
181 Pro : Output shaft's allowable radial load (N)

Select model, dimensions

Select model Model specifications are given in the 'Model'


column on the relevant page

Dimensions are shown in the diagram on the


Check dimensions in diagram
relevant page

91
Overview
Overview
Speed controllers
Induction

Reversible
Overview of speed controllers (Service factor)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes
Service factor (S. F. )
Service factors are designed for 8 hours of per day with a uniform load.
Speed controller

Table 2. Service factor (S. F. )


(Overview)

Operation
Load time Up to 8 hours/day Applications
condition
Uniform load 1 Continuous load in one direction

Moderate shock load 1.5 Frequent changes of motor direction

Shock load 2 Instant changes of motor direction/stops

Unit type

Shaft radial load and thrust load


Socket type
Calculate the shaft radial load when attaching a chain sprocket or pulley.
The shaft radial load is calculated by the formula below. It must be smaller than the
Speed
controller allowable radial load of the output shaft given table 7 on P.181.
(Induction)

Speed
controller P f..
(Reversible) Shaft radial load (Pr) = []

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) P : Actual torque transmitted by slow speed shaft (Nm)
Cf : Load connection factor (see Table 3)
Brake Packs R : Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear, pulley or other drive component (m)

Table 3. Load connection factor (Cf)


Options
Type of connection f
Chain 1
Technical Gear 1.25
Information
Pulley 1.5

Overview
Load moment of inertia
6W
The converted motor shaft load moment of inertia is calculated by the following formula:
15W i : Reduction ratio
JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50) J : Load moment of inertia (kgm2)
JM = J/50 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more) JM : Converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (kgm2)
2

25W
Note that if the motor is used with a load moment of inertia exceeding the corresponding
allowable valbe(given table4.)gears and bearings will quickly become damaged.
40W

60W Table 4. Allowable values for converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (10-4 kgm2)
Motor size Motor power (W) 1ph in motor size indicates motor type
A606 6 U : Unit type
90W 0.05
HM : Socket type Induction
A715 15 0.15 HR : Socket type Reversible
A825 25 0.30 HR : Socket type W/Electromagnetic brake
A940 40 0.75
A960 60 1.00
A990 90 1.00

92
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of speed controllers (Moment of inertia)

Calculation of moment of inertia J


(1) Moment of inertia of rotating motion
Rotating center meets gravity center Rotating center dosen't meets gravity center
Rm
Dm
1
Dm
J= 8 MD2kgm2 J=
M
4 ( 12 D +4R ) kgm
2 2 2

Mkg Mkg

Rm
Dm
1 M
( a +b
2 2

3 +4R )kgm
am
J= MD2+d2
kgm2 J= 2 2

dm 8 4
Mkg
Mkg bm

am cm
1 1
J= Ma2+b2
kgm2 J= M4L2+C2
kgm2
Mkg 12 12
bm Mkg
Lm

(2) Moment of inertia of rectilinear motion


Vm/min
Dm
2

General motion J= M
4 ( VNs ) = M4 D 2
kgm2
Nsr/min

M3kg Vm/min Dm
Horizontal motion
by conveyor
M1kg M2kg
Nsr/min
J= M
4 ( M +M
1

2
2
+M3+M4 D2 ) kgm2
Dm
M4kg
Vm/min
2 2
Horizontal motion Mkg V
by screw
Nsr/min J= M
4 Ns( ) = M4 ( P ) kgm2

ReadP(m/rev)
Nsr/min
M2kg
Vertical motion M1D2 1
J= + M2 D2 kgm2
by winch Dm Vm/min 4 8
M1kg

(3) Calculation of moment of inertia at defferent rotating speeds


Ns1(r/min)
J Ns2 2

Ns2(r/min)
J = (N )J
s1
Load moment of inertia

93
MEMO

94
TM

Unit-type speed control motors

Unit-type speed control motors



Product sets consisting of special motors, and
unit-type speed controllers that can adjust the
motor speed

Controllers and special motors can be easily
wired using special wiring.

Speed range:
50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min
60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min

Motors are induction motors with built-in
tachogenerators (TG).

Motors stop naturally using load torque.
Motors can't be stopped instantly.

Motor must be completely stopped before
motor operation direction can be switched.

Time rating: Continuous

Built-in condenser (except for than 60/90 W,
Gear head and induction motor are sold separately. 100 V class products).

TM

6W P.100

15W P.102

25W P.104

40W P.106

60W P.108

90W P.110

95
Overview Unit-type speed control motors

Overview
Induction motors
Induction

Overview of unit-type speed control motors (Specifications)


Reversible

Table 1. Unit-type speed control motors standard specifications


Electromagnetic
Induction motors
brakes Item
Single-phase motor
Terminal
boxes
Capacity range 6W90W 4poles

Speed Protection method 6W40WIP23 Totally enclosed non ventilated


controller
(Overview)
Enclosure 60WIP20 Totally enclosed fan cooled type

100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz


Power source 200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz
(Overview)
Unit type

220240V 50Hz
Insulation CE Marking, Class E120

Time rating Continuous
Motor

Starting method Condenser running


Socket type

6W40WMotor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG, TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG


Speed
controller Lead wires
(Induction) 60WMotor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG, TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG,
(with connector)
Fan 2 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Standard CE Marking (Low voltage direction)


Speed controller
(Electro-magnetic brake) Insulation At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between the motor coil and case at normal
resistance temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated torque.
Insulation withstand Normal function when a 1500V,50/60Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case for 1 minute
Brake Packs voltage at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated torque.
Temperature The temperature of motor surface should be no more than 90 when measured by the pre scribed
rise method after the motor has reached rated torque.
Options Overheating
protector (TP) Built in thermal protectauto restore typeRelease:1205, Restore:775

Insulation
Controller

Technical
Information At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between Input and FG terminals.
resistance

Withstand
voltage 1500V,50/60Hz current is applied between Input and FG terminals for 1 minute.
Overview
Gear

Lubrication Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.


6W method
Paint

15W Color Astero silver

25W Locations IndoorsMinimal dust and humidity


Ambient conditions

Temperature -1040
40W
Humidity Under 85

Elevation Under 1,000m


60W
Atmosphere Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.
90W

96
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of unit-type speed control motors (Characteristics)

1. Characteristics of unit-type speed controllers

Unit-type speed controllers are a unit product containing a controller and motor. The controller and motor can be
connected in a single operation, without the need for separate connections. The motor speed is easily adjusted using the
externally attached speed volume. Components such as the speed control circuit, motor condenser and speed volume are
attached to the controller (some models have built-in condenser). Unit-type speed controllers have no instant stop function.
The separately-sold extension cords can be used to control motor speed with the motor and controller up to 2.0 meters
apart.

2. How to use

1) Operation
The controller and motor lead wires are connected by connectors. The plug cord connects to the AC power supply. At the
time of factory shipment, the controller is connected so that the motor shaft turns clockwise (as seen from the motor's
output shaft) when the controller's RUN/STOP switch is set to RUN.

2) Speed adjustment
The speed is adjusted using the speed volume on the controller. The motor speed can be adjusted between 90 and 1,400
RPM for 50 Hz operation, and between 90 and 1,700 RPM for 60 Hz operation.

3) Stop
Setting the controller's RUN/STOP switch to STOP stops the motor. Since this switch doesn't turn the power ON/OFF, a
separate power switch should be installed and turned OFF to stop the motor for extended periods.

'ON' RED
SPEED CONTROL UNIT
AC
1 POWER
2 AC SOURCE
SPEED VOLUME FG
3
COM
4
CCW CW: COM CW
5
CW CCW: COM CCW
6
RUN/STOP
7
SPEED OUT
8

SEMI SPEED VOLUME

Fig 1.Front view of unit-type speed controllers Fig 2.Side view of unit-type speed controllers

97
Overview Unit-type speed control motors

Induction motors
Overview

Induction

Overview of unit-type speed control motors (Characteristics)


Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes 1.6~40W Class100 & 200V
4) Switching the operation direction (Fig 3) 60~90W Class 200V
Connect the power supply to AC and AC . Always
Terminal
boxes turn the power OFF before making
the connections.
Speed
controller
(Overview) Continuous single-direction operation
Clockwise operation: Short the COM and CW
terminals.
Counterclockwise operation: Short the COM and
CCW terminals.
(Overview)
Unit type

Switching the operation direction


To switch the operation direction, install the power
switch (SW1) and forward/reverse operation switch
(SW2) as shown in Fig3. You can't switch between
forward and reverse operation instantly. Turn off the
power switch (SW1), then operate the
Socket type
forward/reverse 2.60~90W Class100V
operation switch (SW2) after the motor has stopped
Speed
controller
completely.
(Induction)

Speed
5) External speed display
controller
(Reversible)
and are the motor speed output terminals.
Connect them to a 10 VAC display with a 2,000 r/min
Speed controller
display capacity.
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

Fig 3.Rear view of unit-type speed controllers

6W

15W
3. Attaching the unit
25W
Panel of equipment
2-M4 Screw
40W

60W
+1
0

+0.2
81

90

90W

+1
53 0

Controller

98
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of unit-type speed control motors (Dimensions)


4. Dimensions
640WClass 100 & 200V
6090WClass 200V
(International condenser type)

(98) 60
51.5 (8)

SPEED CONTROL UNIT


AC
1 POWER
2 AC SOURCE
FG
3
COM HIGH
4 LOW

100
90
CCW CW: COM CW
80

5
CW CCW: COM CCW
6
STOP RUN
7
SPEED OUT
8

76 1.5

GREEN 3

6090WClass 200V
(External condenser type)
(98) 60
51.5 (8)

SPEED CONTROL UNIT


AC
1 POWER
2 AC SOURCE
FG
3
COM HIGH
4 LOW
100
90

CCW CW: COM CW


80

5
CW CCW: COM CCW
6
STOP RUN
7
SPEED OUT
8

76 1.5

GREEN YELLOW 3

wires for Condenser

99
6 60mm Unit-type speed control motors

Overview
Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Allowable torque


brakes Frame Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Over-
Starting torque
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400
boxes 1ph100 0.045 0.45 0.028 0.28 0.040 0.40
A6U06A CAU06A 4 6 60 Cont. 90-1700 ZP CE 2.5
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.050 0.50 0.030 0.30 0.050 0.50
Speed 50 90-1400
controller 60 1ph200 0.045 0.45 0.028 0.28 0.040 0.40
(Overview) A6U06C CAU06C 4 6 60 Cont. 90-1700 ZP CE 0.7
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.050 0.50 0.030 0.30 0.050 0.50
1ph220 0.055 0.55 0.045 0.45
A6U06D CAU06D 4 6 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.029 0.29 ZP CE 0.7
1ph240 0.065 0.65 0.055 0.55
To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
(Overview)
Unit type

All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table

Socket type

Speed
Gear head type: G6D
controller
(Induction) Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Speed
controller 50Hz Nm 0.13 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.76 0.76 0.95
(Reversible) Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.9 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.7 7.7 9.7
Speed control- Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) 60Hz Nm 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.62 0.62 0.76
Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.4 5.2 6.3 6.3 7.8
Brake Packs

Gear head type: G6D


Options Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
Technical 50Hz Nm 1.14 1.36 1.52 1.72 2.06 2.57 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Information
Rating torque
Kgfcm 11.6 13.9 15.5 17.5 21.0 26.2 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 0.92 1.11 1.24 1.39 1.67 2.09 2.50 2.78 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Overview Rating torque
Kgfcm 9.4 11.3 12.6 14.2 17.0 21.3 25.5 28.4 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
6W Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.
15W

25W

40W

60W

90W

100
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


60mm 6
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A6U06
Gear head type G6 D
147.8(157.8)

10.8 75 30(40) 32 60

0.015
Table1
6.5 3

0
+0.5

8h7
70
D
EE
D CO
NTROL MO
T P.C.
OR
SP

24

10
59.5
46.7
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO E
HEA T RI
V Y IN DUS

,
4 4.5
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
Gear head size Length (mm) Weight(kg)
32 G63D G618D 30 Motor 0.76
G620D G6200D 40
0.1
0

G63D
8

12
7

0.24
G618D

Gear head
G620D
0.30
G640D
G650D
0.33
G6200D
Intermediate gear head 0.18

Motor (98.5)

10.8 75 12.7
TypeG6XH10 60
6.5 2
+0.5
70
D
P.C.
NTROL MO
D CO T
EE
0.030
OR
SP

0
59.5

46.7

54h7
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
V Y IN D U S

4 4.5 ,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22
(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
26 12.7 60

2 +0.5
70
D
P.C.
0.030
0
54h7

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
4 4.5
Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 96

Technical information: p. 175

101
15 70mm Unit-type speed control motors
Overview

Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Allowable torque Over-


Frame Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
brakes
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.100 1.00
boxes 1ph100 0.030 0.30 0.079 0.79
A7U15A CAU15A 4 15 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.080 0.80 TP CE 5.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.125 1.25 0.045 0.45 0.095 0.95
Speed 50 90-1400 0.100 1.00 0.080 0.80
controller 70 1ph200 0.030 0.30
(Overview) A7U15C CAU15C 4 15 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.080 0.80 0.079 0.79 TP CE 1. 2
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.125 1.25 0.045 0.45 0.095 0.95
1ph220 0.100 1.00 0.070 0.70
A7U15D CAU15D 4 15 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.035 0.35 TP CE 0. 9
1ph240 0.120 1.20 0.085 0.85
(Overview)

To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Unit type

All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Gear head type: G7K
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Speed
controller
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
(Reversible)
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.31 0.38 0.53 0.64 0.79 0.95 1.06 1.32 1.59 1.90 1.90 2.37
Speed control- Kgfcm 3.2 3.9 5.4 6.5 8.1 9.7 10.8 13.5 16.2 19.4 19.4 24.2
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.29 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.89 0.99 1.25 1.49 1.79 1.79 2.24
Brake Packs Kgfcm 3.0 3.6 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.1 12.7 15.2 18.2 18.2 22.8

Options
Gear head type: G7K
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
Technical
Information 50Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.85 3.42 3.81 4.28 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 29.1 34.9 38.8 43.6 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
Overview 60Hz Nm 2.68 3.22 3.58 4.02 4.83 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Rating torque
Kgfcm 27.3 32.8 36.5 41.0 49.2 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
6W in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
15W Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

25W

40W

60W

90W

102
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


70mm 15
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
154.8(164.8)
Motor type A7U15

0.015
Gear head type G7 K 10.8 80 32(42) 32 70

0
7 Table1

10h7
+0.5
82
D
P.C.
NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
30

15
SP

OR

46.7
69
SU

d.
,Lt

3
MI

ES

O
T

MO I
HEA S TR
V Y IN D U

4 5.5
,
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32 0.1 25 0.2
4 0
0.03 Gear head size Length(mm) Weight(kg)
2.5
10

0.03

0
G73K G718K 32
0.03

1.12
0

25 Motor
0

4
4

G720K G7200K 42 G73K


0.38
G718K

Gear head
23
G720K
0.47
G740K
G750K
0.52
G7200K
Intermediate gear head 0.32

Motor (104.2)

10.8 80 13.4
TypeA7U15 70
7 2
P.C.
D
82 +0.5
0.030

NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
SP

OR

0
46.7
69

64h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

ES

O
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4 5.5 ,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


(300) MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G7XH10

(43.4)
30 13.4
70
2
+ 0.5
82
D
P.C.
0.030
0
64h7

4 5.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 96

Technical information: p. 175

103
25 80mm Unit-type speed control motors

Overview
Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes Frame Allowable torque Over-
Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal
boxes 50 90-1400 0.160 1.60 0.100 1.00
1ph100 0.055 0.55
A8U25A CAU25A 4 25 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.150 1.50 0.104 1.04 TP CE 6.0
Speed 1ph110 60 90-1700 0.200 2.00 0.050 0.50 0.122 1.22
controller 50 90-1400 0.160 1.60 0.100 1.00
(Overview) 80 1ph200 0.055 0.55
A8U25C CAU25C 4 25 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.150 1.50 0.104 1.04 TP CE 1.5
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.200 2.00 0.050 0.50 0.122 1.22
1ph220 0.190 1.90 0.135 1.35
A8U25D CAU25D 4 25 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.047 0.47 TP CE 1.5
1ph240 0.200 2.00 0.162 1.62
(Overview)

To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Unit type

All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table

Socket type

Speed
controller
Gear head type: G8K
(Induction)
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Speed Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
controller
(Reversible) 50Hz Nm 0.52 0.63 0.87 1.05 1.31 1.57 1.74 2.19 2.62 3.15 3.15 3.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 5.3 6.4 8.9 10.7 13.4 16.0 17.8 22.3 26.7 32.1 32.1 40.2
Speed control-
ler (Electro- Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
magnetic brake)
60Hz Nm 0.43 0.51 0.72 0.85 1.07 1.28 1.43 1.78 2.15 2.57 2.58 3.22
Rating torque
Kgfcm 4.4 5.2 7.3 8.7 10.9 13.1 14.6 18.2 21.9 26.2 26.3 32.9
Brake Packs

Gear head type: G8K


Options Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
Technical
Information
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 4.72 5.66 6.29 7.12 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 48.2 57.8 64.2 72.6 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
Overview 60Hz Rating torque
Nm 3.86 4.64 5.16 5.82 6.99 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 39.4 47.3 52.6 59.4 71.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
6W Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
15W Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

25W

40W

60W

90W

104
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


80mm 25
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A8U25
Gear head type G8 K 159.8(170.3)

0.015
10.8 85 32(42.5) 32 80

0
7 Table1 +0.5

10h7
94
D
P.C.
NTROL M
D CO OT
EE

15
34
SP

OR

46.7
79.5
SU

d.

3
,Lt
MI

ES

O
T

MO
T RI
HEA
V Y IN DUS

4 5.5
,
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32 0.1
Gear head size Length (mm) Weight(kg)
2.5
10

0
G83K G818K 32 1.60
0.03

Motor
0.03

25
0

25 +0.2
0

0
4
G820K G8200K 42.5
4

0.03
4

G83K
0.43
G818K

Gear head
23
G820K
0.57
G840K
G850K
0.61
G8200K
Intermediate gear head 0.43

(109.4)
Motor 10.8 85 13.6
80
TypeA8U25 7 2
P.C
.D
94 +0.5
0.030

NTR
D CO OL MOT
EE
79.5
SP

OR

0
46.7

73h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

ES

O
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4 5.5 HOLE
,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
(300) MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: GBXH10

(45.6)
32 13.6 80
2
+0.5
94
P.C.D
0.030
0
73h7

4 5.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 96

Technical information: p. 175

105
40 90mm Unit-type speed control motors

Overview

Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Allowable torque


brakes Frame Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque Over-
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.270 2.70
boxes 1ph100 0.057 0.57 0.200 2.00
A9U40A CAU40A 4 40 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.240 2.40 TP CE 10.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.300 3.00 0.070 0.70 0.241 2.41
Speed
controller 50 90-1400 0.270 2.70
90 1ph200 0.057 0.57 0.200 2.00
(Overview) A9U40C CAU40C 4 40 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.240 2.40 TP CE 2.5
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.300 3.00 0.070 0.70 0.241 2.41
1ph220 0.300 3.00 0.181 1.81
A9U40D CAU40D 4 40 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.063 0.63 TP CE 2.0
1ph240 0.320 3.20 0.212 2.12
(Overview)

To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Unit type

All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table

Socket type
Gear head type: G9AK
Speed
controller
Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
(Induction) Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Speed 50Hz Nm 0.81 0.97 1.35 1.62 2.03 2.43 2.70 3.37 4.05 4.86 4.86 6.09
controller Rating torque
(Reversible) Kgfcm 8.3 9.9 13.8 16.5 20.7 24.8 27.5 34.4 41.3 49.6 49.6 62.1
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control-
ler (Electro- 60Hz Nm 0.67 0.80 1.11 1.33 1.67 2.00 2.23 2.78 3.33 4.00 4.01 5.01
magnetic brake) Rating torque
Kgfcm 6.8 8.2 11.3 13.6 17.0 20.4 22.7 28.4 34.0 40.8 40.9 51.1

Brake Packs
Gear head type: G9AK
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 7.30 8.76 9.73 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Technical Kgfcm 74.5 89.4 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Information
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 6.01 7.21 8.02 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Kgfcm 61.3 73.6 81.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Overview

=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
6W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W

60W

90W

106
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 40
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9U40
Gear head type G9A K 189.8(207.8)

0.018
10.8 105 42(60) 32 90

0
7 Table1

12h7
+0.5
104
D
P.C.
NTROL M
D CO OT
EE

18
SP

OR

46.7

36
87.5
SU

d.

3
,Lt
MI

ES

O
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4 6.5
,
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32
2.5 0.1 Gear head size Length(mm) Weight(kg)
12

0
0.03

G9A3KG9A18K 42
0.03

25 Motor 2.42
0

25 +0.2
0

0
4
4

0.03
4

G9A20KG9A200K 60 G9A3K
0.73
G9A18K

Gear head
23
G9A20K
1.03
G9A40K
G9A50K
1.13
G9A200K
Intermediate gear head 0.60

Motor (134.3) 90

10.8 105 18.5


TypeA9U40 4- 6.5
7 2
+0.5

104
.D
P.C
0.035

NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
87.5
SP

OR

0
46.7

83h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

ES

O
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4- 6.5
,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
(300) MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9AXH10
(55.5)
37 18.5 90
2
+0.5
104
P.C. D
0.035
0
83h7

4 6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 96

Technical information: p. 175

107
60 90mm Unit-type speed control motors

Overview

Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Frame Allowable torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
brakes
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.140 1.40 0.422 4.22
boxes 1ph100 0.550 5.50
A9U60AH CAU60A 4 60 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.160 1.60 0.431 4.31 TP CE 20. 0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.490 4.90 0.200 2.00 0.531 5.31
Speed 50 90-1400 0.140 1.40 0.422 4.22
controller 90 1ph200 0.550 5.50
(Overview) A9U60CH CAU60C 4 60 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.160 1.60 0.431 4.31 TP CE 5.0
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.490 4.90 0.200 2.00 0.531 5.31
1ph220 0.490 4.90 0.323 3.23
A9U60DH CAU60D 4 60 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.140 1.40 TP CE 3.5
1ph240 0.500 5.00 0.386 3.86
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
(Overview)
Unit type

The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table

Socket type Gear head type:


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Speed Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
controller
(Induction) 50Hz Nm 1.20 1.43 1.99 2.38 2.99 3.58 3.97 4.47 5.37 6.44 7.15 8.09
Rating torque
Speed
Kgfcm 12.2 14.6 20.3 24.3 30.4 36.5 40.5 45.6 54.8 65.7 73.0 82.5
controller Ouput speed
(Reversible) r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.95 1.15 1.59 1.90 2.38 2.86 3.18 3.58 4.29 5.16 5.72 6.47
Speed control-
Rating torque
ler (Electro- Kgfcm 9.7 11.7 16.2 19.4 24.3 29.2 32.4 36.5 43.8 52.6 58.4 66.0
magnetic brake)

Gear head type:


Brake Packs
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
Options 50Hz Rating torque
Nm 9.70 11.66 12.94 16.17 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Kgfcm 99.0 119.0 132.0 165.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Technical Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
Information
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 7.76 9.31 10.39 12.94 15.48 17.35 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Kgfcm 79.2 95.0 106.0 132.0 158.0 177.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
!! in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Overview Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
6W Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
15W

25W W
(8)

Voltage Capacity W T H
(4.5)
Motor type Condenser type
40W
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)

1ph100
#187 A9U60AH 20.0 DMF-252006 58 36 39
1ph110
60W
10

Condensers are built in the controllers CAU60C and CAU60D

MARKING
H

90W

108
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 60
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9U 60 H
Gear head type G9B KH
263.3
159.8 65.5 38
73.8 86

0.018
90

0
7
+0.5

15h7
104
.D
P.C

34

18
90

4- 6.5
,
22 30
(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Weight


38 Weight(kg)
27.5 0.1 Motor 2.93
15

3
0.03

0
0.03

27.5 +0.2
0

0
0

Tap 5 0.03
G9B3KH
5

M510 Depth 1.21


25
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
Gear head
1.30
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
1.40
Motor G9B60KH
G9B75KH
TypeA9U 60 H 1.45
G9B200KH
180.8 Intermediate gear head 0.65
159.8 21
73.8 86 90
7 2 +0.5

104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
90

83h7

,
Lead wires length 300mm 4- 6.5 22 30
(300) MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T G:UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H

(61)
40 21
2 90
+0.5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 96

Technical information: p. 175

109
90 90mm Unit-type speed control motors
Overview

Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes Frame Allowable torque Over-
Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.600 6.00 0.517 5.17
boxes 1100 0.250 2.50
A9U90AH CAU90A 4 90 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.550 5.50 0.493 4.93 TP CE 24. 0
1110 60 90-1700 0.730 7.30 0.260 2.60 0.620 6.20
Speed
controller 50 90-1400 0.600 6.00 0.517 5.17
(Overview) 90 1200 0.250 2.50
A9U90CH CAU90C 4 90 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.550 5.50 0.493 4.93 TP CE 7.0
1220 60 90-1700 0.730 7.30 0.260 2.60 0.620 6.20
1220 0.730 7.30 0.476 4.76
A9U90DH CAU90D 4 90 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.230 2.30
0.568 5.68
TP CE 5.0
1240 0.740 7.40
(Overview)

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
Unit type

The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table

Socket type Gear head type: G9BKH


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Speed Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
controller
(Induction) 50Hz Nm 1.78 2.15 2.98 3.58 4.47 5.36 5.96 6.70 8.05 9.66 10.78 12.15
Rating torque
Kgfcm 18.2 21.9 30.4 36.5 45.6 54.7 60.8 68.4 82.1 98.6 110.0 124.0
Speed
controller Ouput speed r/min
(Reversible) 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 1.43 1.72 2.38 2.86 3.58 4.68 4.76 5.37 6.44 7.72 8.59 9.70
Speed control- Rating torque
ler (Electro- Kgfcm 14.6 17.5 24.3 29.2 36.5 43.7 48.6 54.8 65.7 78.8 87.6 99.0
magnetic brake)

Gear head type: G9BKH


Brake Packs
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
Options 50Hz Nm 14.60 17.44 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
Kgfcm 149.0 178.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Technical Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
Information
60Hz Nm 11.66 14.01 15.48 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
Kgfcm 119.0 143.0 158.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Overview
!! in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
6W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W
W
(8)

(4.5) Voltage Capacity W T H


60W Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)

1ph100
#187 A9U90AH 24.0 DMF-252406 58 36 39
90W 1ph110
10

Condensers are built in the controllers CAU90C and CAU90D

MARKING
H

110
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 90
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 U90 H
Gear head type G9B KH
278.3
174.8 65.5 38
73.8 101

0.018
90
7

0
+0.5

15h7
104
.D
P.C

34

18
90

4- 6.5
,
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Weight


38 Weight(kg)
27.5 0.1 Motor 3.53
15

3
0.03

0.03

0
27.5 +0.2
0

0
0

Tap 5 0.03
G9B3KH
5

M510 Depth 1.21


25
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
Gear head
1.30
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
1.40
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
Motor 1.45
G9B200KH
Motor typeA9 U90 H Intermediate gear head 0.65
195.8 90
174.8 21
73.8 101
7 2
+0.5

104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
90

83h7

4- 6.5
,
Lead wires length 300mm 22 30
(300) MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40 21
2 90

+0 .5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 96

Technical information: p. 175

111
MEMO

112
TM

Soket type speed controllers

Specification of socket type speeg coutrollers P.114

Specification of socket type speeg coutrol moters P.115

Characteristics P.116

Dimentions P.119

Wiring diagramInduction P.120

Wiring diagramReversible P.122

Wiring diagramwith Electromagnetic brake P.124

113
Overview
Overview
Socket-type speed controller
Induction

Reversible
Overview of Socket-type speed controllers (Standard Specifications)

Electromagnetic
brakes
Table 1. Socket-type speed controller standard specifications
Terminal
boxes Socket type speed controller
Speed
controller
Item
(Overview)
CAH90A CAH90C CAH90D
Unit type
Rating voltage Single-phase AC100V Single-phase AC200V Single-phase AC220~240V

Voltage range 10%


Socket type
(Overview)

Rating frequency 50/60Hz 50Hz

Rating electric current 3.0A


Applicable motor

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Induction 6W~90W
output

Speed
controller
(Reversible) 1 Reversible 6W~40W
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) W/Brake 6W~40W

Brake Packs
Speed range 50Hz : 90~1400r/min 60Hz : 90~1700r/min 90~1400r/min

Options
Speed regulation 5% (Average)
Technical
Information Speed setting
instrument It is possible to adjust it with External speed control switch

Overview Brake It is possible to stop in a instant with electric brake.

6W Electric brake
2 0.5sec (Average)
work time
15W Parallel operation Having the function

25W
Soft start & Soft stop
function Having the function (0.5sec~15sec/1200rpm)

40W Insulation resistance At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between case and
pin at normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated torque.

60W Insulation withstand Normal function when a 1500V, 50/60Hz current is applied between case and pin
voltage for 1 minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated torque.

90W
1 Applicable motor is SOCKET TYPE SPEED CONTROL MOTORS produced by SHI
(Please use motor whose T.G voltage is 24V)
2 Electric brake dosen't have stored torque.

114
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of Socket-type speed controllers (Standard Specifications)

Table 2. Socket-type speed control motor standard specifications

Induction motor Reversible motor Motor with electromagnetic brake


Item
Single-phase motor
Capacity range 6W90W 4poles 6W40W 4poles 6W40W 4poles

Protection method 640W: IP23 Totally enclosed non ventilated 640W: IP23 Totally enclosed 640W: IP23 Totally enclosed
Enclosure non ventilated non ventilated
60W : IP20 Totally enclosed fan cooled type

100V 50/60Hz 100V 50/60Hz 100V 50/60Hz


Power source 200V 50/60Hz 200V 50/60Hz 200V 50/60Hz
220240V 50Hz 220240V 50Hz 220240V 50Hz
Motor

Insulation CE Marking, Class E (120) CE Marking, Class E 120 CE Marking, Class E 120
Time rating Continuous Short-time (30 minutes) Short-time (30 minutes)

Starting method Condenser running Condenser running Condenser running

640W : Motor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG, 640W : Motor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG, 640W : Motor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG,
TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG Brake 2 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG,

Lead wires 640W : Motor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG, TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG
Fan 2 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG,
TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG

Standards CE marking (Low voltage direction)


Insulation At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between the motor coil and case at normal
resistance temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated torque.
Insulation Normal function when a 1500V, 50/60Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case for 1 minute
withstand voltageat normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated torque.
Temperature rise The temperature rise value (DT) should be no more than 90 when measured by the prescribed
method after the motor has reached rated torque.
Overheating protector (TP) Built in thermal protect (auto restore type) Release:1205 Restore:775
Gear

Lubrication Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.


method
Paint

Color Astero silver

Location Indoors (Minimal dust and humidity)


Ambient conditions

Temperature -1040

Humidity Under 85%

Elevation Under 1,000m

Atmosphere Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.

115
Overview
Overview
Socket-type speed controller
Induction

Overview of socket-type speed control motors (Characteristics)


Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes
1. Characteristics of socket-type speed controllers
Terminal
boxes Motor output speed(r/min)
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Soft Set speed Soft


Start r/min Stop
Socket type
(Overview)

Time(T)

Acceleration Stable status Deceleration Stop

Socket-type speed controllers use an external speed volume to adjust and set the motor speed.
The motor can be stopped instantly using an electronic brake.
Speed
controller
The compact 11-pin plug-in socket-type speed controller offers simple operation and installation.
(Induction) Socket-type speed controllers have soft start and soft stop functions, enabling gradual operation without sudden starts and
stops.
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Time setting functions for soft start and soft stop are built-in, and the time settings can be adjusted easily.
Socket-type speed controllers enable parallel operation.*
Speed control- *Parallel operation: A single speed control switch is used to operate multiple speed control packs simultaneously at the same
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) speed setting.

Brake Packs
2. Soft start, soft stop characteristics
Soft start gradually increases the speed up to the set speed. Soft stop gradually decreases the speed down to the set speed.
Options Each time setting for these functions can be set using the variable resistors in the controller, in a range of about 0.5 to
15seconds (1,200 RPM). The soft stop function can't be used to stop the motor faster than a natural stop. If slow operation
isn't needed, turn the dial on the inside all the way to the left (counterclockwise).
Technical
Information

3. Instant stop characteristics


Socket-type speed controllers have an electronic brake function that enables the motor to be stopped in just 0.1 second.
Overview
A braking current operates for about 0.5 second, and then is automatically released. The electronic brake function doesn't
store load torque. If stored torque is required (such as when stopping objects being moved up and down), use a control motor
6W with an electromagnetic brake.

Note
15W To operate the motor again after the instant stop operation, turn the braking switch in the operation direction. The motor

starts in about 0.5 second. Don't perform the instant stop operation when the controller's speed control switch is set to 0, or
the RUN/STOP switch is set to STOP.
25W
When increasing the speed on the speed control switch or setting the RUN/STOP switch to RUN, the motor may operate for

about 1 revolution even if the RUN/BRAKE switch is set to BRAKE. If the power switch is used to repeat RUN/STOP
40W operations less than 0.5 second apart, the motor may start operating instantly, so don't use the power switch in this manner.

60W

90W

116
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of socket-type speed control motors (Characteristics)

4. Cautions for use


1) Wiring cautions

Use the sockets for wiring. Don't solder anything to the main unit's pins directly.

When connecting sockets, check the terminal numbers.

Before inserting the controller into the socket's groove, turn off the power and check the pin numbers.

Equipment such as high-power motors, solenoids, high-frequency power supplies and electric welding equipment may cause
the controller to malfunction. Use separate circuits for wiring the controller and main circuit cables of other equipment.

Install a noise filter to prevent noise and malfunctions.

Install the motor and controller as close together as possible, using short wiring.

When another component requires a noise filter, configure the circuit as shown in the diagram below.

2) Operation cautions

Don't let the motor's surface temperature exceed 90 during operation with an actual load. Repeated instant RUN/STOP
operations make the motor temperature rise.

Turn the power OFF when the motor is not in use for extended periods.

Don't start or stop the motor by turning the AC power supply ON/OFF, as surge voltage from the switch may cause product
damage.

1
L1
2

C1 C3 3
4

C5 C6 5
T MOTOR
C2 C4 6 G
7
L2
8
9
10
11

C1C4 1000pF(2000VDC)
C5C6 0.1F0.2F(125VAC or 250VAC)
L1L2 About 10H

Note
L1 and L2 must not be magnetically saturated by the motor current.

Install in the same location as the capacitor ground.


Use short wiring, and thick ground wires.


117
Overview
Overview
Socket-type speed controller
Induction

Reversible
Overview of socket-type speed control motors (Troubleshooting)

Electromagnetic
brakes
5. Troubleshooting

Terminal
boxes
Table 3. Troubleshooting
Speed
controller
(Overview)
Problem Check point Problem location Solution

Unit type If the motor operates, the speed controller or control unit Check the connection of the speed
control variable resistor.
Disconnect the controller
from the socket, connect Check the motor connection.
socket terminals and. If the motor doesn't operate, the motor unit Check the motor condenser
Motor
Socket type

connection.
(Overview)

doesn't
operate. Check the connection of the speed
Disconnect the controller If the motor operates, the speed controller control variable resistor.
from the socket, disconnect Check the RUN/STOP switch connection.
socket terminals and.
If the motor doesn't operate, the motor unit Check the motor connection.

Speed
controller Disconnect the controller If the motor operates, the speed controller Check the connection of the speed
(Induction) or control unit control variable resistor.
from the socket, and apply
Speed
the AC power. If the motor doesn't operate, the motor unit Check the motor connection.
controller Motor
(Reversible)
operates
Speed control- at Check the connection of the speed
ler (Electro- maximum
magnetic brake) control variable resistor.
speed. Disconnect the controller If the motor stops, the speed controller
Check the RUN/STOP switch
from the socket, connect connection, and the connections of
Brake Packs
socket terminals and. terminals and.

Options
If the motor doesn't operate, the control unit
If the voltage is AC 20 V or more, the speed Check the connection of the speed
controller or control unit control variable resistor.
Technical Set the speed control
Information
variable resistor to the Check the connections of
maximum setting, then terminals and.
If the voltage is less than AC 20 V,
check the voltage of the tachogenerator unit Check whether the resistance
Overview value of the tachogenerator
socket terminals and.
alone is 1.5k.
Can't
6W change Check the connection of the
motor speed control variable resistor.
speed. Check the voltage Check the RUN/STOP switch
15W If the voltage can be varied between connection.
between terminals 0 and DC 6 V, the speed control unit
and
25W when the setting of the
speed control variable
resistor is varied.
Check that the resistance of the
40W If the voltage can't be varied between speed control variable resistor
0 and DC 6 V, the control unit varies between 0 and 2.0k.

60W Motor Check the external resistance


doesn't stop connection(10,10W).
Check the RUN/STOP switch
right away. connection.
90W

118
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Overview of socket-type speed controllers (Dimensions)

Socket-type speed controller dimensions

92
Controller 82.5
44
76

CAH90D
SOFT START 6
5 7
HIGH
10

SPEED CONTROL 4 8
0

LOW

80

70
61

VOLT 1Ph. 100V 3 9


FREQ. 50/60Hz SOFT STOP

8
2 10
MAX. HIGH
CURRENT 3A
10

1 11
0

LOW

MADE IN KOREA

50

Socket11pins
7.8

4
11-M3.5

5 4
(118)
(81)

35.4
2 - 4.577HOLE
4

0.2
40

(33.5)
(50)

119
Overview
Overview
Socket-type speed controller
Induction

Reversible
Wiring diagram (Induction motors)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal 1-1. One-way running+Variable speed (6W ~ 40 W)


boxes

Speed
controller
(Overview) For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor
connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.
Unit type
SW1 AC125V or AC250V 5A or large

SW2 DC20V 10mA


Socket type
(Overview)

Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from


the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.

Example of running operation


SOFT START STOP
RUN STOP RUN STOP SOFT STOP
Speed SW1 ON
controller
(Induction)
SW2 RUN STOP RUN STOP RUN STOP
Speed
controller
(Reversible) MOTOR
CW CW CW
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Options 1-2. One-way running+Variable speed + Brake (6W25W)

Technical
Information For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor
connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

Overview SW1,4 AC125V or AC250V 5A

SW2,3 DC20V 10mA


6W Ro=10200(1/4W)
Ro,Co Co=0.10.2F
15W
(AC125WV, AC250WV)
R:External
25W resistance 10, 10W

Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from


40W the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.

60W
Example of running operation
BRAKE
BRAKE
SOFT START SOFT START
RUN RUN STOP
STOP STOP SOFT STOP STOP SOFT STOP
90W SW1 ON

SW2 RUN STOP RUN STOP RUN STOP


SW3
SW4 RUN BRAKE RUN BRAKE

MOTOR
CW CW CW CW

120
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Wiring diagram (Induction motors)

1-3. One-way running+Variable speed + Brake (40W)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

SW1,4 AC125V or AC250V 5A

SW2,3 DC20V 10mA


Ro=10200(1/4W)
Ro,Co Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)
R:External
resistance 10, 10W or large

Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from


the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.

Example of running operation


BRAKE
BRAKE
SOFT START SOFT START
RUN STOP RUN STOP SOFT STOP STOP SOFT STOP STOP
SW1 ON

SW2 RUN STOP RUN STOP RUN STOP


SW3
SW4 RUN BRAKE RUN BRAKE

MOTOR
CW CW CW CW

Functions
Run/Stop function (1-1, 1-2, 1-3)
When SW2 in the wiring diagram is set to the RUN position, the motor operates at the speed set by the external
speed controller.
When SW2 is set to the STOP position, the motor stops naturally after losing its inertia.
Run/Brake function (1-2, 1-3)
When SW3 and SW4 are switched from the RUN to the BRAKE position with SW2 in the RUN position, the brake
operates for about 0.5 second, stopping the motor instantly.
Soft start/Soft stop functions (1-1, 1-2, 1-3)
When the controller's SOFT START or SOFT STOP dial has been set, and SW2 is set to the RUN or STOP
position, the motor gradually slows or speeds up for the set amount of time, to the speed set by the speed control
switch.
The soft stop and soft start functions change the motor speed in a straight-line manner for the set amount of time.
The time can be set in a range of 0.5 to 15 seconds (1,200 r/min).
The soft stop function can't be used to stop the motor faster than a natural stop.
Note: When not using the equipment for an extended period, turn SW1 off to prevent the controller from heating up.

121
Overview
Overview
Socket-type speed controller
Induction

Reversible
Wiring diagram (Reversible motors)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal 2-1 Both-way running+Variable speed(6W40W)


boxes

Speed
controller
(Overview) For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor
connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.
Unit type
SW1,3 AC125V or AC250V 5A or large
SW2 DC20V 10mA
Ro=10200(1/4W or large)
Socket type
(Overview)

Ro,Co Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)
Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from
the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.
Example of running operation
SOFT START
RUN STOP RUN STOP SOFT STOP STOP
Speed SW1
controller ON
(Induction)
SW2 RUN STOP RUN STOP RUN STOP
Speed
controller SW3 CW CCW CW
(Reversible)
MOTOR CW CW
Speed control- CCW
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Options 2-2 Both-way running+Variable speed + Brake(6W25W)

Technical
Information
For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor
connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.
Overview
SW1,4,5,6 AC125V or AC250V 5A or large

SW2,3 DC20V 10mA


6W
Ro=10200(1/4W or large)
Ro,Co Co=0.10.2F
15W
(AC125WV, AC250WV)

25W R:External
10, 10W or large
resistance
Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from
40W the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.
60W
Example of running operation
BRAKE BRAKE
SOFT START SOFT START
RUN STOP RUN STOP SOFT STOP STOP SOFT STOP STOP
90W SW1 ON

SW2 RUN STOP RUN STOP RUN STOP


SW3
SW4 RUN BRAKE RUN BRAKE
SW5
SW6 CW CCW CW
CW

MOTOR CW CW CW
CCW

122
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Wiring diagram (Reversible motors)

2-3 Both-way running+Variable speed + Brake(40W)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

SW1,4,5,6 AC125V or AC250V 5A

SW2,3 DC20V 10mA


Ro=10200(1/4W)
Ro,Co Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)

R:External
10, 10W
resistance
Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from
the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.
Example of running operation
BRAKE BRAKE
SOFT START SOFT START
RUN STOP RUN STOP SOFT STOP STOP SOFT STOP STOP
SW1 ON

SW2 RUN STOP RUN STOP RUN STOP


SW3
SW4 RUN BRAKE RUN BRAKE
SW5
SW6 CW CCW CW
CW

MOTOR CW CW CW
CCW

Functions
Run/Stop function (2-1, 2-2, 2-3)
When SW2 in the wiring diagram is set to the RUN position, the motor operates at the speed set by the external
speed controller.
When SW2 is set to the STOP position, the motor stops naturally after losing its inertia.
Run/Brake function (2-2,2-3)
When SW3 and SW4 are switched from the RUN to the BRAKE position with SW2 in the RUN position, the brake
operates for about 0.5 second, stopping the motor instantly.
Soft Start/soft stop functions (2-1, 2-2,2-3)
When the controller's SOFT START or SOFT STOP dial has been set, and SW2 is set to the RUN or STOP
position, the motor gradually slows or speeds up for the set amount of time, to the speed set by the speed control
switch.
The soft stop and soft start functions change the motor speed in a straight-line manner for the set amount of time.
The time can be set in a range of 0.5 to 15 seconds (1,200 r/min).
The soft stop function can't be used to stop the motor faster than a natural stop.
Note: When not using the equipment for an extended period, turn SW1 off to prevent the controller from heating up.

123
Overview
Overview
Socket-type speed controller
Induction

Reversible
Wiring diagram (Motors with electromagnetic brakes)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal 3-1 Both-way running+Variable speed(6W40W)


boxes For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor
connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.
Speed
controller SW1,3,4 AC125V or AC250V 5A or large
(Overview)
SW2 DC20V 10mA
Ro=10200(1/4W or large)
Unit type

Ro,Co Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)
Socket type
(Overview)

Voltage Color of lead wireA


Single-phase 100 110 VAC Blue
Single-phase 100 240 VAC Orange

Example of running operation


BRAKE BRAKE SOFT START BRAKE MOTOR
RUN HOLDING RUN HOLDING SOFT STOP HOLDING FREE
Speed SW1
controller ON
(Induction)
SW2 RUN STOP RUN STOP RUN STOP
Speed SW3
controller CW CCW CW
(Reversible)
SW4 ELECTRO ELECTRO ELECTRO
RUN BRAKE RUN BRAKE RUN BRAKE
Speed control-
ler (Electro- MOTOR CW CW
magnetic brake)
CCW

Brake Packs

Options 3-2 Both-way running+Variable speed + Brake(6W25W) For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor
connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.
Technical
Information SW1,4,5,6,7 AC125V or AC250V 5A or large

SW2,3 DC20V 10mA

Overview Ro=10200(1/4W or large)


Ro,Co Co=0.10.2F
6W (AC125WV, AC250WV)

R: For braking
10, 10W or large
15W External resistance

25W Voltage Color of lead wireA


Single-phase 100 110 VAC Blue
Single-phase 100 240 VAC Orange
40W

60W
Example of running operation
BRAKE BRAKE
BRAKE BRAKE SOFT START BRAKE SOFT START BRAKE
90W RUN HOLDING RUN HOLDING SOFT STOP HOLDING SOFT STOP HOLDING
SW1 ON

SW2 RUN STOP RUN STOP RUN STOP


SW3
SW4 RUN BRAKE RUN BRAKE
SW5
SW6 CW CCW CW
SW7 RUN RUN RUN RUN

MOTOR CW CW CW
CCW

124
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Electrical wiring diagram (Motors with electromagnetic brakes)

3-3 Both-way running+Variable speed + brake(40W)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

SW1,4,5,6,7 AC125V or AC250V 5A or large

SW2,3 DC20V 10mA

Ro=10200(1/4W or large)
Ro,Co Co=0.10.2F

(AC125WV, AC250WV)

R:External
10, 10W or large
resistance

Voltage Color of lead wireA


Single-phase 100 110 VAC Blue
Single-phase 100 240 VAC Orange

Example of running operation


BRAKE BRAKE
BRAKE BRAKE SOFT START BRAKE SOFT START BRAKE
RUN HOLDING RUN HOLDING SOFT STOP HOLDING SOFT STOP HOLDING
SW1 ON

SW2 RUN STOP RUN STOP RUN STOP


SW3
SW4 RUN BRAKE RUN BRAKE
SW5
SW6 CW CCW CW
SW7 RUN RUN RUN RUN

MOTOR CW CW CW
CCW

Functions
Run/Stop function (3-1, 3-2, 3-3)
When SW2 in the wiring diagram is set to the RUN position, the motor operates at the speed set by the external
speed controller.
When SW2 is set to the STOP position, the motor stops naturally after losing its inertia.
Run/Brake function (3-2,3-3)
When SW3 and SW4 are switched from the RUN to the BRAKE position with SW2 in the RUN position, the brake
operates for about 0.5 second, stopping the motor instantly.
Soft Start/soft stop functions (3-1, 3-2,3-3)
When the controller's SOFT START or SOFT STOP dial has been set, and SW2 is set to the RUN or STOP
position, the motor gradually slows or speeds up for the set amount of time, to the speed set by the speed control
switch.
The soft stop and soft start functions change the motor speed in a straight-line manner for the set amount of time.
The time can be set in a range of 0.5 to 15 seconds (1,200 r/min).
The soft stop function can't be used to stop the motor faster than a natural stop.
Note: When not using the equipment for an extended period, turn SW1 off to prevent the controller from heating up.

125
Overview
Overview
Socket-type speed controller
Induction

Reversible
Wiring diagram

Electromagnetic
brakes Parallel operation
As shown in the wiring diagram on the left, the power
Terminal Parallel operation is possible, enabling multiple motors to be unit (terminal Nos.and) and control unit (terminal
boxes controlled to the same speed simultaneously using a single Nos.and) should each be wired to the same
external speed control switch.
wires.
Speed
controller Parallel operation is also possible with other motor
(Overview)
and controller combinations if the power unit and
control unit are wired in the same way.

Unit type
6 7

10 9 Caution
Speed cont roller Wire power units and control units using the same
2 8 numbers for each pin.
3 4 1 11 SVR The capacity of the speed control variable resistor
Socket type
(Overview)

is given by the formula below.


VRx = 20/N k, N/4 W (N: number of motors)
Example: For 2 motors, the capacity is 10 k, 1/2 W.

Each motor will operate at almost the same speed,


Whit e
Black

Gray

Red
Red

but load differences may sometimes create slight


Condenser deviations.
To prevent this problem, connect a fine-tuning
P T C variable resistor (SVR) to terminal No..
Speed
Moto r G O
controller O Set the resistance value to between 5 and 10% of
(Induction)
N
W T the value for the speed control variable resistor
E R (VRx), with a capacity of 1/4 W.
Speed R O
controller
(Reversible) L
L
I L
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
6 7 I
N
magnetic brake)
E 10 9 N
Speed cont roller E
Brake Packs 2 8
3 4 1 11

Options

Technical
Information
Whit e
Black

Red
Red
Gray

Condenser
3

T SW2 2 VRx For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz


Overview Moto r G Stop motor connections, use the brown wire
Run 1 instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

6W

15W

Wiring for motors with fans (60 W, 90 W)


25W

40W

60W

90W
Voltage Color of lead wire 'B'

Single-phase 100 to 110 VAC Brown

Single-phase 200 to 240 VAC Yellow


Note: For the connections of components other than the fan,
see the relevant wiring diagrams.

126
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


Overview
phase phase wire box

Wiring diagram

Operation panel Switching the motor speed among


multiple settings
If the motor speed must be adjusted to
multiple settings, you can connect VR1, VR2
and VR3 and use SWA, SWB, SWC, (etc.) to
switch the speed. The switching timing of the
switches should be made roughly equal to the
time for opening/closing the relay contact
(SW4).
VR1 1 VR2 1 VR3 1

2 2 2

Controlling the motor speed using 8 SW4 3 3 3

an external DC voltage 9
SWA SWB SWC
To set the motor speed using an external DC voltage
instead of an external speed control switch, connect
the DC power supply and controller as shown below.
(Be sure that the DC power supply output uses an AC VR1,2,3 20k 1/4W B type
input and is insulated, and the polarity doesn't
SW1,2,3,4 DC20V 10mA
change.)
Caution
Socket-type controllers have one external
1K (0~6V 10mA) control switch. Purchase Sumitomo's external
8 1/4W
speed control switch (EAVR20) separately if
9 needed.

Wiring diagram of unit

Decreasing the starting time


When the set motor speed is low, a greater amount of
time elapses from when the RUN/STOP switch is set
to RUN, until the motor starts operating. If the amount
of time the motor takes to start during low-speed 9
8
7
operation is a problem, connect variable resistor VRT 6 Red
(used to adjust the starting time) as shown below. External speed
4

control switch 3 Motor


VR T SW2
Stop
10 11 1 2
2 Run
Speed controller
White
Black

Gray

8 3 1
VR

9 Power

Condenser
VR T 2K 1/4W B type

SW2 DC20V 10mA An external speed control switch can be used


to adjust the motor speed continuously. When
Caution the switch is set to HIGH, the motor operates
To stop the motor instantly, use the RUN/BRAKE at high speed.
switch and the circuit's RUN/STOP switch together. When set to LOW, the motor operates at low
With the RUN/STOP switch in the STOP position, speed (or stops). The heavy line in the
adjust the VRT until just before the motor starts. diagram above carries the motor's operation
current.
The heavy unbroken lines in the diagram
indicate wires with a cross-sectional area of
about 0.75 mm2. The thin lines indicate wires
with a cross-sectional area of about 0.5 mm2.
For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor
connections, use the brown wire instead of the
gray wire in the diagram.

127
MEMO

128
TM

Socket-type speed control motors. Induction moters

Socket-type speed control motors


Induction moters

Product sets consisting of special induction
motors, and socket-type speed controllers
that can adjust the motor speed

Speed controllers are compact and
multifunctional.

Controller, special motor and condenser must
be wired externally.

Speed range:
50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min
60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min

Motors have built-in tachogenerators (TG).

Motors can be stopped instantly using a built-
in electronic brake function. (Optional
external braking resistor must be attached.)

Motor must be completely stopped before
Gear head and induction motor are sold separately. motor operation direction can be switched.

Acceleration/deceleration time can be set, so
motor can be accelerated/decelerated
gradually (soft start, soft stop).

Time rating: Continuous

A single speed control switch can be used to
operate multiple controllers simultaneously at
the same speed setting.

TM

6W P.130

15W P.132

25W P.134

40W P.136

60W P.138

90W P.140

129
Socket-type speed control motors
6 60mm
Overview
Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Allowable torque Over-


Electromagnetic Frame Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
brakes ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 90-1400 0.045 0.45 0.030 0.30 0.032 0.32
Terminal 1ph100
boxes
A6HM06A CAH90A 4 6 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.036 0.36 0.033 0.33 ZP CE 2.5
0.025 0.25
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.045 0.45 0.039 0.39
50 90-1400 0.045 0.45 0.030 0.30 0.032 0.32
Speed 60 1ph200
controller A6HM06C CAH90C 4 6 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.036 0.36
0.025 0.25
0.033 0.33 ZP CE 0. 7
(Overview) 1ph220 60 90-1700 0.045 0.45 0.039 0.39
1ph220 0.045 0.45 0.045 0.45
A6HM06D CAH90D 4 6 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.028 0.28 ZP CE 0.7
1ph240 0.056 0.56 0.049 0.49
Unit type
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.
Socket type
Speed controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type: G6D


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Speed 50Hz Nm 0.13 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.76 0.76 0.95
controller Rating torque
(Reversible) Kgfcm 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.9 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.7 7.7 9.7
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control-
ler (Electro- 60Hz Nm 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.62 0.62 0.76
magnetic brake) Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.4 5.2 6.3 6.3 7.8
Brake Packs
Gear head type: G6D
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 1.14 1.36 1.52 1.72 2.06 2.57 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Technical Kgfcm 11.6 13.9 15.5 17.5 21.0 26.2 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Information
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 0.92 1.11 1.24 1.39 1.67 2.09 2.50 2.78 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Overview Kgfcm 9.4 11.3 12.6 14.2 17.0 21.3 25.5 28.4 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
6W a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.
15W

Condenser
25W
W
(8)

(4.5)

40W Voltage Capacity W T H


T

Motor type Condenser type


(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)
#187 1ph100
A6HM06A 2.5 DMF-25255 36 16 25
1ph110
60W
10

1ph200
A6HM06C 0.7 DMF-45704 36 16 25
1ph220
MARKING
1ph220
H

A6HM06D 0.7 DMF-45704 36 16 25


90W 1ph240

130
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


60mm 6
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A6HM06
Gear head typeG6 D
147.8(157.8)

10.8 75 30(40) 32 60

0.015
Table1
6.5 3

0
+0.5

8h7
70
D
D CO
NTROL MO
T
P.C.
EE
OR
SP

10
24
59.5
46.7
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO E
HEA T RI
VY IN D US

4 4.5 ,
(10) 22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32 Gear head size Length (mm) Weight(kg)
G63D G618D 30
0.1

Motor 0.76
0

12 G620D G6200D 40
7

G63D
0.24

Gear head
G618D
G620D
0.30
G640D
G650D
0.33
G6200D
Intermediate gear head 0.18

Motor
(98.5)
TypeA6HM06
10.8 75 12.7 60
6.5 2 +0.5
70
D
P.C.
NTROL MO
D CO T
EE
0.030
OR
SP

0
59.5

46.7

54h7
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
VY IN D US

4 4.5 ,
22 30
(10) Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
26 12.7 60

2 +0.5
70
D
P.C.
0.030
0
54h7

Related information
Selection
procedure:
p. P.91
91
4 4.5
Options:
Induction. p. 169
P.169

Standardspecifications:
p.P.115115

Technical
information:
p.P.175
175

131
Socket-type speed control motors
15 70mm
Overview
Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Allowable torque


brakes Frame Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque Over-
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz)
( (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.100 1.00 0.062 0.62
boxes 1ph100
A7HM15A CAH90A 4 15 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.075 0.75 0.030 0.30 0.055 0.55 TP CE 5.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.085 0.85 0.066 0.66
Speed 50 90-1400 0.100 1.00 0.062 0.62
controller 70 1ph200
(Overview) A7HM15C CAH90C 4 15 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.075 0.75 0.030 0.30 0.055 0.55 TP CE 1.2
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.085 0.85 0.066 0.66
1ph220 0.090 0.90 0.065 0.65
Unit type A7HM15D CAH90D 4 15 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.035 0.35 TP CE 0.9
1ph240 0.110 1.10 0.078 0.78

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type: G7K


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.31 0.38 0.53 0.64 0.79 0.95 1.06 1.32 1.59 1.90 1.90 2.37
Speed
controller Kgfcm 3.2 3.9 5.4 6.5 8.1 9.7 10.8 13.5 16.2 19.4 19.4 24.2
(Reversible)
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.29 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.89 0.99 1.25 1.49 1.79 1.79 2.24
magnetic brake) Kgfcm 3.0 3.6 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.1 12.7 15.2 18.2 18.2 22.8

Brake Packs Gear head type: G7K


Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.85 3.42 3.81 4.28 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Technical Kgfcm 29.1 34.9 38.8 43.6 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Information Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.68 3.22 3.58 4.02 4.83 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 27.3 32.8 36.5 41.0 49.2 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Overview
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
6W
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W W
(8)

(4.5)
Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H
Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


60W
1100
A7HM15A 5.0 DMF-25505 38 19 29
#187 1110
1200
A7HM15C 1.2 DMF-45125 36 16 25
10

90W 1220
1220
MARKING A7HM15D 0.9 DMF-45904 36 16 25
H

1240

132
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


70mm 15
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7HM15
Gear head type G7 K
154.8(164.8)

10.8 80 32(42) 32

0.015
Table1 70

0
7

10h7
+0.5
82
D
P.C.
NTROL MO
D CO T
EE
OR
SP

30

15
46.7
69
SU

d.

3
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
VY IN D US

(10) 4 5.5 ,
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32 Gear head size Length(mm) Weight(kg)
0.03

0.1
2.5
10

0 0
25 +0.2 4
0

0.03
0.03

25 G73K G718K 32
4

Motor 1.12
0 4

G720K G7200K 42 G73K


0.38

Gear head
23 G718K
G720K
0.47
G740K
G750K
0.52
G7200K
Intermediate gear head 0.32
(104.2)
Motor 10.8 80 13.4
70
TypeA7HM15 7 2
P.C
.D
82 +0.5
NTROL MO
D CO T
EE
0.030
OR
SP

46.7

0
69

64h7
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
VY IN D US

4 5.5 ,
(10)
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22
(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G7XH10

(43.4)
30 13.4
70
2
+ 0.5
82
D
P.C.
0.030
0
64h7

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
4 5.5

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Technical information: p. 175

133
Socket-type speed control motors
25 80mm
Overview
Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Frame Allowable torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
brakes size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz)
( (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.170 1.70 0.085 0.85
boxes 1ph100
A8HM25A CAH90A 4 25 60 90-1700 0.140 1.40 0.050 0.50 0.075 0.75 TP CE 6.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.170 1.70 0.093 0.93
Speed 50 90-1400 0.170 1.70 0.085 0.85
controller 80 1ph200
(Overview) A8HM25C CAH90C 4 25 60 90-1700 0.140 1.40 0.050 0.50 0.075 0.75 TP CE 1.5
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.170 1.70 0.093 0.93
1ph220 0.170 1.70
0.050 0.50
0.100 1.00
Unit type
A8HM25D CAH90D 4 25 50 90-1400 TP CE 1.5
1ph240 0.200 2.00 0.130 1.30
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type: G8K


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
Speed
50Hz Nm 0.52 0.63 0.87 1.05 1.31 1.57 1.74 2.19 2.62 3.15 3.15 3.94
controller Rating torque
(Reversible) Kgfcm 5.3 6.4 8.9 10.7 13.4 16.0 17.8 22.3 26.7 32.1 32.1 40.2
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control-
ler (Electro- 60Hz Nm 0.43 0.51 0.72 0.85 1.07 1.28 1.43 1.78 2.15 2.57 2.58 3.22
magnetic brake) Rating torque
Kgfcm 4.4 5.2 7.3 8.7 10.9 13.1 14.6 18.2 21.9 26.2 26.3 32.9

Brake Packs
Gear head type: G8K
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 4.72 5.66 6.29 7.12 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Technical Kgfcm 48.2 57.8 64.2 72.6 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Information
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 3.86 4.64 5.16 5.82 6.99 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 39.4 47.3 52.6 59.4 71.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Overview
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
6W
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W W
(8)

(4.5) Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H


Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


60W A8HM25A
1ph100
6.0 DMF-25605 38 19 29
#187
1ph110
1ph200
A8HM25C 1.5 DMF-45155 36 16 25
10

1ph220
90W 1ph220
A8HM25D 1.5 DMF-45155 36 16 25
MARKING 1ph240
H

134
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


80mm 25
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A8HM25
Gear head type G8 K

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32 0.1
Gear head size Length (mm) Weight(kg)
2.5
10

0
G83K G818K 32
0.03
0.03

25 Motor 1.60
0
0

25 +0.2
4 0
4

0.03
G820K G8200K 42.5
4

G83K
0.43

Gear head
G818K
23
G820K
0.57
G840K
G850K
0.61
G8200K
Intermediate gear head 0.43
Motor
TypeA8HM25 (109.4)
10.8 85 13.6
80
7 2
+0.5
94
D
P.C.
NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
0.030
SP

OR

79.5

46.7

0
73h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

O
ES
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4 5.5
,
(10)
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
(300) MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G8XH10

(45.6)
32 13.6 80
2
+0.5
94
P.C.D
0.030
0
73h7

4 5.5 Related information


Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Te chnical information: p. 175

135
Socket-type speed control motors
40 90mm
Overview
Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Frame Allowable torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
brakes size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.280 2.80 0.173 1.73
1ph100 0.055 0.55
boxes A9HM40A CAH90A 4 40 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.240 2.40 0.145 1.45 TP CE 10.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.300 3.00 0.063 0.63 0.177 1.77
Speed 50 90-1400 0.280 2.80 0.173 1.73
controller 90 1ph200 0.055 0.55
(Overview)
A9HM40C CAH90C 4 40 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.240 2.40 0.145 1.45 TP CE 2.5
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.300 3.00 0.063 0.63 0.177 1.77
1ph220 0.270 2.70 0.158 1.58
A9HM40D CAH90D 4 40 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.063 0.63 TP CE 2.0
Unit type 1ph240 0.320 3.20 0.190 1.90
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type: G9AK


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.81 0.97 1.35 1.62 2.03 2.43 2.70 3.37 4.05 4.86 4.86 6.09
Speed Rating torque
controller Kgfcm 8.3 9.9 13.8 16.5 20.7 24.8 27.5 34.4 41.3 49.6 49.6 62.1
(Reversible)
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control- 60Hz Nm 0.67 0.80 1.11 1.33 1.67 2.00 2.23 2.78 3.33 4.00 4.01 5.01
ler (Electro- Rating torque
magnetic brake) Kgfcm 6.8 8.2 11.3 13.6 17.0 20.4 22.7 28.4 34.0 40.8 40.9 51.1

Brake Packs Gear head type: G9AK


Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 7.30 8.76 9.73 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Kgfcm 74.5 89.4 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Technical
Information Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 6.01 7.21 8.02 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Kgfcm 61.3 73.6 81.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Overview
=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
6W
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W W
(8)

(4.5)
Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H
Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


60W 1100
A9HM40A 10.0 DMF-251006 47 19 28
#187 1110
1200
A9HM40C 2.5 DMF-45255 47 19 28
10

1220
90W
1220
MARKING A9HM40D 2.0 DMF-45205 38 19 29
H

1240

136
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 40
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9HM40
Gear head type G9A K
189.8(207.8)
10.8 105 42(60) 32
Table1 90

0.018
7

0
+0.5
104

12h7
D
P.C.

NTROL M
D CO OT
EE

36

18
SP

OR

87.5
46.7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

ES

OM
T

I
OH TR
E A V Y INDUS
3

4 6.5
(10)
,
22 30
(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32
2.5 0.1 Gear head size Length(mm) Weight(kg)
12

0
0.03
0.03

25 G9A3KG9A18K 42
0

25 +0.2 Motor 2.42


0

0
4
4

0.03
4

G9A20KG9A200K 60 G9A3K
0.73

Gear head
23
G9A18K
G9A20K
1.03
G9A40K
G9A50K
1.13
G9A200K
Intermediate gear head 0.60

(134.3)
Motor 10.8 105 18.5
TypeA9HM40 90
.5
7 2 +0

104
.D
P.C
0.035

NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
SP

OR

46.7

0
87.5

83h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

ES

OM
T

OH RI
ST
EAV Y INDU

(10) 4 6.5
,
22 30
(300) Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9AXH10
(55.5)

37 18.5 90
2
+0.5
104
P.C.D
0.035
0
83h7

4 6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Technical information: p. 175

137
Socket-type speed control motors
60 90mm
Overview
Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Frame Allowable torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
Electromagnetic size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
brakes ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 90-1400 0.540 5.40 0.367 3.67
1ph100 0.120 1.20
Terminal A9HM60AH CAH90A 4 60 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.440 4.40 0.318 3.18 TP CE 20. 0
boxes
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.530 5.30 0.160 1.60 0.385 3.85
50 90-1400 0.540 5.40 0.367 3.67
Speed
90 1ph200 0.120 1.20
controller
A9HM60CH CAH90C 4 60 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.440 4.40 0.318 3.18 TP CE 5.0
(Overview) 1ph220 60 90-1700 0.530 5.30 0.160 1.60 0.385 3.85
1ph220 0.440 4.40 0.266 2.66
A9HM60DH CAH90D 4 60 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.090 0.90 TP CE 3.5
1ph240 0.530 5.30 0.331 3.31
Unit type
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type:


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 1.20 1.43 1.99 2.38 2.99 3.58 3.97 4.47 5.37 6.44 7.15 8.09
Speed Rating torque
controller
(Reversible)
Kgfcm 12.2 14.6 20.3 24.3 30.4 36.5 40.5 45.6 54.8 65.7 73.0 82.5
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control- 60Hz Nm 0.95 1.15 1.59 1.90 2.38 2.86 3.18 3.58 4.29 5.16 5.72 6.47
ler (Electro- Rating torque
magnetic brake) Kgfcm 9.7 11.7 16.2 19.4 24.3 29.2 32.4 36.5 43.8 52.6 58.4 66.0

Brake Packs Gear head type:


Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 9.70 11.66 12.94 16.17 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Technical Kgfcm 99.0 119.0 132.0 165.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Information Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 7.76 9.31 10.39 12.94 15.48 17.35 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Kgfcm 79.2 95.0 106.0 132.0 158.0 177.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Overview
= in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
6W Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W
(8)

(4.5)
Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H
Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
60W #187
A9HM60AH
1ph110
20.0 DMF-252006 58 36 39

1ph200
A9HM60CH 5.0 DMF-45505 50 25 40
10

1ph220
1ph220
90W MARKING A9HM60DH 3.5 DMF-45355 48 21 33
H

1ph240

138
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 60
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 HM60 H
Gear head type G9B KH
263.3
159.8 65.5 38
73.8 86

0.018
7 90

0
15h7
+0.5

104
.D
P.C

34

18
90

(10) 4- 6.5
,
22 30
(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Weight


38 Weight(kg)
27.5 0.1
Motor 2.93
15

3
0.03

0.03

0
27.5 +0.2
0

0
0

Tap 5 0.03
G9B3KH
5

M510 Depth 1.21



G9B10KH
25

Gear head
G9B12.5KH
1.30
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
1.40
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
1.45
G9B200KH
Intermediate gear head 0.65
Motor
TypeA9 HM60 H 180.8
159.8 21 90
73.8 86
7 2 4- 6.5

+0.5

104
.D
P.C
0.035
90

0
83h7

(10)
,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
(300)
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40 21 90
2
+0 .5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

Related information
4- 6.5 Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Technical information: p. 175

139
Socket-type speed control motors
90 90mm
Overview
Induction motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Allowable torque Over-


Frame Output Voltage Frequency Starting torque
Electromagnetic size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time Speed range
At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
brakes mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
50 90-1400 0.720 7.20 0.431 4.31
1ph100
Terminal A9HM90AH CAH90A 4 90 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.540 5.40 0.150 1.50 0.371 3.71 TP CE 24.0
boxes 1ph110 60 90-1700 0.520 5.20 0.438 4.38
50 90-1400 0.720 7.20 0.431 4.31
90 1ph200
Speed A9HM90CH CAH90C 4 90 60 Cont. 90-1700 0.540 5.40 0.150 1.50 0.371 3.71 TP CE 7.0
controller 1ph220 60 90-1700 0.520 5.20 0.438 4.38
(Overview)
1ph220 0.650 6.50 0.395 3.95
A9HM90DH CAH90D 4 90 50 Cont. 90-1400 0.180 1.80 TP CE 5.0
1ph240 0.820 8.20 0.489 4.89
Unit type
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.
Speed controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type: G9BKH


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 1.78 2.15 2.98 3.58 4.47 5.36 5.96 6.70 8.05 9.66 10.78 12.15
Speed Rating torque
controller Kgfcm 18.2 21.9 30.4 36.5 45.6 54.7 60.8 68.4 82.1 98.6 110.0 124.0
(Reversible)
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
60Hz Nm 1.43 1.72 2.38 2.86 3.58 4.68 4.76 5.37 6.44 7.72 8.59 9.70
magnetic brake) Rating torque
Kgfcm 14.6 17.5 24.3 29.2 36.5 43.7 48.6 54.8 65.7 78.8 87.6 99.0

Brake Packs Gear head type: G9BKH


Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 14.60 17.44 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
Technical Kgfcm 149.0 178.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Information
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 11.66 14.01 15.48 19.40 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60 19.60
Rating torque
Kgfcm 119.0 143.0 158.0 198.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
Overview
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
6W Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W
(8)

(4.5)
Motor type Capacity
Voltage W T H
Condenser type
T

(V) ( (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
60W #187
A9HM90AH
1ph110
24.0 DMF-252406 58 36 39

1ph200
10

A9HM90CH 7.0 DMF-45705 50 25 40


1ph220
1ph220
90W MARKING A9HM90DH 5.0 DMF-45505 50 25 40
H

1ph240

140
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 90
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9HM90 H
Gear head type G9B KH
278.3
174.8 65.5 38
73.8 101

0.018
7 90

0
15h7
+0.5

104
.D
P.C

34

18
90

4- 6.5
(10) ,
22 30
(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Weight


38 Weight(kg)
27.5 0.1
Motor 3.53
15

3
0.03

0.03

0
27.5 +0.2 0
0
0

Tap
5 0.03
5

G9B3KH
M510 Depth 1.21

G9B10KH
25

Gear head
G9B12.5KH
1.30
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
1.40
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
1.45
G9B200KH
Intermediate gear head 0.65
Motor
TypeA9HM90 H
195.8
21 90
174.8
73.8 101
4- 6.5
7 2
+0.5

104
.D
P.C
0.035
90

0
83h7

(10) ,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
(300) MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H

(61)
40 21 90
2
+0 .5
104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
4- 6.5
Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Technical information: p. 175

141
MEMO

142
TM

Soket-type speed controllers (Reversible moters)

Socket-type speed controllers


Rebersible motors

Product sets consisting of special induction
motors, and socket-type speed controllers
that can adjust the motor speed

Speed controllers are compact and
multifunctional.

Controller, special motor and condenser must
be wired externally.

Speed range:
50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min
60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min

Motors have built-in tachogenerators (TG).

Motors can be stopped instantly using a built-
in electronic brake function. (Optional
external braking resistor must be attached.)

Motor must be completely stopped before
Gear head and reversible moter motor are sold separately. motor operation direction can be switched.

Acceleration/deceleration time can be set, so
motor can be accelerated/decelerated
gradually (soft start, soft stop).

Time rating: Short-time (30minutes)

A single speed control switch can be used to
operate multiple controllers simultaneously at
the same speed setting.

TM

6W P.144

15W P.146

25W P.148

40W P.150

143
Socket-type speed control motors
6 60mm
Overview
Reversible motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Allowable torque


brakes Frame Output Voltage Frequency Starting torque Over-
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time Speed range
At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.036 0.36 0.032 0.32 0.030 0.30
boxes 1ph100
A6HR06A CAH90A 4 6 60 30Min. 90-1700 0.028 0.28 0.025 0.25 0.023 0.23 ZP CE 3.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.036 0.36 0.032 0.32 0.026 0.26
Speed 50 90-1400 0.036 0.36 0.032 0.32 0.030 0.30
controller 60 1ph200
(Overview) A6HR06C CAH90C 4 6 60 30Min. 90-1700 0.028 0.28 0.025 0.25 0.023 0.23 ZP CE 0. 8
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.036 0.36 0.032 0.32 0.026 0.26
1ph220 0.030 0.30 0.030 0.30 0.028 0.28
Unit type A6HR06D CAH90D 4 6 50 30Min. 90-1400 ZP CE 0.7
1ph240 0.045 0.45 0.033 0.33 0.040 0.40

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
Socket type The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table


Speed controller
(Reversible)

Gear head type: G6D


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.13 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.76 0.76 0.95
Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.9 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.7 7.7 9.7
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control-
ler (Electro- 60Hz Nm 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.62 0.62 0.76
magnetic brake) Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.4 5.2 6.3 6.3 7.8

Brake Packs
Gear head type: G6D
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 1.14 1.36 1.52 1.72 2.06 2.57 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Technical Kgfcm 11.6 13.9 15.5 17.5 21.0 26.2 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Information
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 0.92 1.11 1.24 1.39 1.67 2.09 2.50 2.78 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 9.4 11.3 12.6 14.2 17.0 21.3 25.5 28.4 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Overview
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
6W
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W
(8)

(4.5) Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H


Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A6HR06A 3.0 DMF-25305 36 16 25
60W #187 1ph110
1ph200
A6HR06C 0.8 DMF-45804 36 16 25
10

1ph220
1ph220
90W MARKING A6HR06D 0.7 DMF-45704 36 16 25
H

1ph240

144
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


60mm 6
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A6HR06
Gear head type G6 D
147.8(157.8)

10.8 75 30(40) 32 60

0.015
Table1
6.5 3

0
+0.5

8h7
70
D
D CO
NTROL MO
T
P.C.
EE
OR
SP

10
24
59.5
46.7
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
VY IN D US

(10) 4 4.5
,
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
Gear head size Length (mm) Weight(kg)
32
G63D G618D 30 Motor 0.76
0.1
0

G620D G6200D 40
8

12
7

G63D
0.24

Gear head

G618D
G620D
0.30
G640D
G650D
0.33
G6200D
Intermediate gear head 0.18

(98.5)
Motor
10.8 75 12.7
60
TypeA6HR06 +0.5
6.5 2
70
D
P.C.
NTROL MO
D CO T
EE
OR
SP

0.030
59.5

46.7

0
54h7
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
V Y IN D U S

4 4.5
(10)
Lead wires length 300mm ,
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20 22 30
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22
(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
26 12.7 60

2 +0.5
70
D
P.C.
0.030
0
54h7

4 4.5 Related information


Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Technical information: p. 175

145
Socket-type speed control motors
15 70mm
Overview
Reversible motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Frame Allowable torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
brakes size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.100 1.00 0.080 0.80
boxes 1ph100 0.045 0.45
A7HR15A CAH90A 4 15 60 30Min. 90-1700 0.090 0.90 0.057 0.57 TP CE 6.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.120 1.20 0.048 0.48 0.075 0.75
Speed 50 90-1400 0.100 1.00 0.080 0.80
controller 70 1ph200 0.045 0.45
(Overview) A7HR15C CAH90C 4 15 60 30Min. 90-1700 0.090 0.90 0.057 0.57 TP CE 1. 5
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.120 1.20 0.048 0.48 0.075 0.75
1ph220 0.090 0.90 0.075 0.75
Unit type A7HR15D CAH90D 4 15 50 30Min. 90-1400 0.046 0.46 TP CE 1. 2
1ph240 0.120 1.20 0.090 0.90
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table


Speed controller
(Reversible)

Gear head type: G7K


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.31 0.38 0.53 0.64 0.79 0.95 1.06 1.32 1.59 1.90 1.90 2.37
Kgfcm 3.2 3.9 5.4 6.5 8.1 9.7 10.8 13.5 16.2 19.4 19.4 24.2
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control-
ler (Electro- 60Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.29 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.89 0.99 1.25 1.49 1.79 1.79 2.24
magnetic brake)
Kgfcm 3.0 3.6 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.1 12.7 15.2 18.2 18.2 22.8

Brake Packs
Gear head type: G7K
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.85 3.42 3.81 4.28 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Technical Kgfcm 29.1 34.9 38.8 43.6 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Information
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.68 3.22 3.58 4.02 4.83 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 27.3 32.8 36.5 41.0 49.2 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Overview
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
6W
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W


Condenser
25W

40W W
(8)

Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H


(4.5) Condenser type
(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)
T

60W A7HR15A
1ph100
6.0 DMF-25605 38 19 29
1ph110
#187
1ph200
A7HR15C 1.5 DMF-45155 36 16 25
1ph220
10

90W A7HR15D
1ph220
1.2 DMF-45125 36 16 25
MARKING 1ph240
H

146
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


70mm 15
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7HR15
Gear head type G7 K
154.8(164.8)

10.8 80 32(42) 32

0.015
70
Table1

0
7

10h7
+0.5
82
D
P.C.
NTROL MO
D CO T
EE
OR
SP

30

15
46.7
69
SU

d.

3
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
VY IN D US

(10) 4 5.5 ,
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32 Weight(kg)
Gear head size Length(mm)
0.03

0.1
2.5 25 +0.2
4 0
10

0 0.03
0.03

25 G73K G718K 32 Motor 1.12


0
4

G720K G7200K 42 G73K


0.38

Gear head
23 G718K
G720K
0.47
G740K
G750K
0.52
G7200K
(104.2) Intermediate gear head 0.32
Motor 10.8 80 13.4
70
TypeA7HR15 7 2
P.C
.D
82 +0.5
NTROL MO
D CO T
EE
OR
SP

0.030
46.7

0
69

64h7
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
VY IN D US

4 5.5 ,
(10)
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22
(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G7XH10
(43.4)
30 13.4
70
2
+ 0.5
82
D
P.C.
0.030
0
64h7

4 5.5
Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Technical information: p. 175

147
Socket-type speed control motors
25 80mm
Overview
Reversible motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Frame Allowable torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
brakes size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz)
( ((r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.230 2.30 0.135 1.35
1ph100 0.070 0.70
boxes A8HR25A CAH90A 4 25 60 30Min. 90-1700 0.200 2.00 0.110 1.10 TP CE 10. 0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.230 2.30 0.076 0.76 0.140 1.40
Speed 50 90-1400 0.230 2.30 0.135 1.35
controller 80 1ph200 0.070 0.70
(Overview) A8HR25C CAH90C 4 25 60 30Min. 90-1700 0.200 2.00 0.110 1.10 TP CE 2. 5
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.260 2.60 0.076 0.76 0.140 1.40
1ph220 0.220 2.20 0.135 1.35
Unit type
A8HR25D CAH90D 4 25 50 30Min. 90-1400 0.072 0.72 TP CE 2.0
1ph240 0.260 2.60 0.190 1.90
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table


Speed controller
(Reversible)

Gear head type: G8K


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.52 0.63 0.87 1.05 1.31 1.57 1.74 2.19 2.62 3.15 3.15 3.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 5.3 6.4 8.9 10.7 13.4 16.0 17.8 22.3 26.7 32.1 32.1 40.2
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
Speed control- 60Hz Nm 0.43 0.51 0.72 0.85 1.07 1.28 1.43 1.78 2.15 2.57 2.58 3.22
ler (Electro- Rating torque
magnetic brake) Kgfcm 4.4 5.2 7.3 8.7 10.9 13.1 14.6 18.2 21.9 26.2 26.3 32.9

Brake Packs Gear head type: G8K


Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 4.72 5.66 6.29 7.12 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Technical
Kgfcm 48.2 57.8 64.2 72.6 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Information Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 3.86 4.64 5.16 5.82 6.99 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 39.4 47.3 52.6 59.4 71.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Overview
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
6W
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W
W
(8)

40W (4.5)
Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H
Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A8HR25A 10.0 DMF-251006 47 19 28
#187
1ph110
60W 1ph200
10

A8HR25C 2.5 DMF-45255 47 19 28


1ph220
1ph220
MARKING A8HR25D 2.0 DMF-45205 38 19 29
H

1ph240
90W

148
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


80mm 25
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A8HR25
Gear head type G8 K
159.8(170.3)
32(42.5)

0.015
10.8 85 32
Table1

0
7 80

10h7
+0.5
94
D
P.C.
NTROL M
D CO OT
EE

15
SP

OR

34
79.5
46.7
SU

d.

3
,Lt
MI

O
ES
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4 5.5
,
(10)
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32 Gear head size Length (mm) Weight(kg)
0.1
2.5
G83K G818K 32
10

0
Motor 1.60
0.03

0.03

25
0

25 +0.2
4 0
G820K G8200K 42.5
4

0.03
G83K
0.43

Gear head
G818K
23
G820K
0.57
G840K
G850K
0.61
G8200K
Intermediate gear head 0.43

Motor (109.4)
10.8 85 13.6
TypeA8HR25 80
7 2
+0.5
94
D
P.C.
NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
0.030
SP

OR

79.5

46.7

0
73h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

O
ES
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4 5.5
,
(10)
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
(300) MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G8XH10
(45.6)
32 13.6 80
2
+0.5
94
P.C.D
0.030
0
73h7

4 5.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Te chnical information: p. 175

149
Socket-type speed control motors
40 90mm
Overview
Reversible motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Frame Allowable torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
brakes size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.360 3.60 0.235 2.35
1ph100 0.080 0.80
boxes A9HR40A CAH90A 4 40 60 30Min. 90-1700 0.300 3.00 0.200 2.00 TP CE 15. 0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.360 3.60 0.084 0.84 0.270 2.70
Speed 50 90-1400 0.360 3.60 0.235 2.35
controller 90 1ph200 0.080 0.80
(Overview) A9HR40C CAH90C 4 40 60 30Min. 90-1700 0.300 3.00 0.200 2.00 TP CE 4. 0
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.300 3.00 0.084 0.84 0.270 2.70
1ph220 0.340 3.40 0.200 2.00
Unit type
A9HR40D CAH90D 4 40 50 30Min. 90-1400 0.083 0.83 TP CE 3.0
1ph240 0.400 4.00 0.280 2.80

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
Socket type The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table


Speed controller
(Reversible)

Gear head type: G9AK


Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25
Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.81 0.97 1.35 1.62 2.03 2.43 2.70 3.37 4.05 4.86 4.86 6.09
Rating torque
Kgfcm 8.3 9.9 13.8 16.5 20.7 24.8 27.5 34.4 41.3 49.6 49.6 62.1
Speed control- Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake) 60Hz Nm 0.67 0.80 1.11 1.33 1.67 2.00 2.23 2.78 3.33 4.00 4.01 5.01
Rating torque
Kgfcm 6.8 8.2 11.3 13.6 17.0 20.4 22.7 28.4 34.0 40.8 40.9 51.1
Brake Packs
Gear head type: G9AK
Options
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 7.30 8.76 9.73 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Technical Rating torque
Information Kgfcm 74.5 89.4 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 6.01 7.21 8.02 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Overview Kgfcm 61.3 73.6 81.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
6W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W
W
(8)

(4.5)
Voltage Capacity W T H
40W Motor type
T

Condenser type
(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)
1ph100
#187 A9HR40A 15.0 DMF-251506 50 25 40
1ph110
60W 1ph200
10

A9HR40C 4.0 DMF-45405 48 21 33


1ph220
MARKING 1ph220
H

A9HR40D 3.0 DMF-45305 47 19 28


1ph240
90W

150
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 40
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A9 HR40
Gear head type G9A K
189.8(207.8)
10.8 105 42(60) 32
Table1 90

0.018
7

0
+0.5
104

12h7
D
P.C.
NTROL M
D CO OT
EE

18
SP

36
OR

87.5
46.7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

ES

OM
T

OH RI
ST
EAV Y INDU
3

4 6.5
(10)
,
22 30
(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32 0 Gear head size Length(mm) Weight(kg)
25 0.2
4 0.03
0.1
G9A3KG9A18K 42
0.03

2.5
0.03

0
Motor 2.42
0

25
0

4
4

G9A20KG9A200K 60 G9A3K
0.73

Gear head

G9A18K
10

23
G9A20K
1.03
G9A40K
G9A50K
1.13
G9A200K
Intermediate gear head 0.60

(134.3)
Motor 10.8 105 18.5
TypeA9 HR40 2
90
7 +0
.5

104
.D
P.C
0.035

NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
SP

OR

46.7

0
87.5

83h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

ES

OM
RI
T

OH ST
EAV Y IND U

(10) 4 6.5
,
22 30
(300) Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9XH10
(55.5)

37 18.5 90
2
+0.5

104
P.C.D
0.035
0
83h7

4 6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Technical information: p. 175

151
MEMO

152
TM

Socket-type speed controllers(W/Electromagnetic brake motors)

W/Electromagnetic brake motors



Product sets consisting of special motor with
electromagnetic brake and socket-type speed
controllers that can adjust the motor speed.

Speed controllers are compact and multifunctional.

Controller, special motor and condenser must be
wired externally.

Speed range:
50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min
60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min

Motors have built-in tachogenerators (TG).

Motors can be stopped instantly using a built-in
electronic brake function. (Optional external braking
resistor must be attached.)

Motor must be completely stopped before motor
operation direction can be switched.

Acceleration/deceleration time can be set, so motor
can be accelerated/decelerated gradually (soft start,
soft stop).

Time rating: Short-time (30minutes)

External wiring is requited for condenser attachment
and electromagnetic brake comection.

A single speed control switch can be used to operate
multiple controllers simultaneously at the same
speed setting.

TM

6W P.154

15W P.156

25W P.158

40W P.160

153
Socket-type speed control motors
6 60mm
Overview
Electromagnetic brakes motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Allowable torque Over-


Frame Output Voltage Frequency Starting torque
brakes
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time Speed range
At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.050 0.50 0.039 0.39
boxes 1ph100
A6HR06AB CAH90A 4 6 60 30min. 90-1700 0.038 0.38 0.030 0.30 0.036 0.36 ZP CE 3.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.050 0.50 0.044 0.44
Speed 50 90-1400 0.050 0.50 0.039 0.39
controller 60 1ph200
(Overview) A6HR06CB CAH90C 4 6 60 30min. 90-1700 0.038 0.38 0.030 0.30 0.036 0.36 ZP CE 0. 8
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.050 0.50 0.044 0.44
1ph220 0.045 0.45 0.045 0.45
Unit type
A6HR06DB CAH90D 4 6 50 30min. 90-1400 0.030 0.30 ZP CE 0.7
1ph240 0.056 0.56 0.049 0.49
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed Gear head rating torque table


controller
(Reversible)
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Gear head type: G6D


Speed controller

Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25


Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.13 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.76 0.76 0.95
Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.9 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.7 7.7 9.7
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.43 0.51 0.62 0.62 0.76
Rating torque
Kgfcm 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.4 5.2 6.3 6.3 7.8

Brake Packs
Gear head type: G6D
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 1.14 1.36 1.52 1.72 2.06 2.57 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Technical Kgfcm 11.6 13.9 15.5 17.5 21.0 26.2 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Information
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 0.92 1.11 1.24 1.39 1.67 2.09 2.50 2.78 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
Rating torque
Overview
Kgfcm 9.4 11.3 12.6 14.2 17.0 21.3 25.5 28.4 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
6W a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W


Condenser
25W
W
(8)

40W (4.5)
Motor type Voltage Capacity
Condenser type
W T H
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A6HR06A 3.0 DMF-25305 36 16 25
#187
1ph110
60W 1ph200
10

A6HR06C 0.8 DMF-45804 36 16 25


1ph220
1ph220
MARKING A6HR06D 0.7 DMF-45704 36 16 25
H

1ph240
90W

154
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


60mm 6
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A6HR06 B
Gear head type G6 D
184.8(194.8)
10.8 112 32(40) 32
Table1
43.5 68.5

0.015
6.5 3 60

0
8h7
+0.5
70
D
P.C.
NTROL MO
D CO T
EE
OR
SP

46.7

10
24
59
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
VY IN D US

4 4.5
(10)
,
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32 Gear head size Length (mm) Weight(kg)
G63D G618D 30 Motor 1.00
0.1
0

12 G620D G6200D 40
7

G63D
0.24

Gear head

G618D
G620D
0.30
G640D
G650D
0.33
G6200D
Intermediate gear head 0.18
135.5
10.8 112 12.7
Motor 43.5 68.5
6.5 60
TypeA6HR06 B 2
+0.5
70
D
P.C.
NTROL MO
D CO
0.030

EE T
OR
SP

46.7

0
59

54h7
SU

d.
Lt
MI

S,
TO

MO IE
HEA TR
V Y IN D U S

4 4.5
(10)
Lead wires length 300mm ,
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20 22 30
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22
(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
26 12.7 60
+0.5
2 70
D
P.C.
0.030
0
54h7

Related information
4 4.5

Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Technical information: p. 175

155
Socket-type speed control motors
15 70mm
Overview
Electromagnetic brakes motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Allowable torque


brakes Frame Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque Over-
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.110 1.10 0.078 0.78
boxes 1ph100
A7HR15AB CAH90A 4 15 60 30min. 90-1700 0.085 0.85 0.045 0.45 0.068 0.68 TP CE 6.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.110 1.10 0.080 0.80
Speed 50 90-1400 0.110 1.10 0.078 0.78
controller 70 1ph200
(Overview) A7HR15CB CAH90C 4 15 60 30min. 90-1700 0.085 0.85 0.045 0.45 0.068 0.68 TP CE 1. 5
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.110 1.10 0.080 0.80
1ph220 0.100 1.00 0.077 0.77
Unit type A7HR15DB CAH90D 4 15 50 30min. 90-1400 0.045 0.45 TP CE 1. 2
1ph240 0.120 1.20 0.099 0.99
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller Gear head rating torque table
(Reversible)
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Gear head type: G7K


Speed controller

Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25


Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.31 0.38 0.53 0.64 0.79 0.95 1.06 1.32 1.59 1.90 1.90 2.37
Kgfcm 3.2 3.9 5.4 6.5 8.1 9.7 10.8 13.5 16.2 19.4 19.4 24.2
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 0.29 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.89 0.99 1.25 1.49 1.79 1.79 2.24
Kgfcm 3.0 3.6 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.1 12.7 15.2 18.2 18.2 22.8

Brake Packs Gear head type: G7K


Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.85 3.42 3.81 4.28 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Technical Kgfcm 29.1 34.9 38.8 43.6 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Information Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 2.68 3.22 3.58 4.02 4.83 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90
Kgfcm 27.3 32.8 36.5 41.0 49.2 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
Overview
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
6W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W
(8)

(4.5) Voltage Capacity W T H


Motor type Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
60W A7HR15A 6.0 DMF-25605 38 19 29
#187 1ph110
1ph200
A7HR15C 1.5 DMF-45155 36 16 25
10

1ph220
90W 1ph220
MARKING A7HR15D 1.2 DMF-45125 36 16 25
H

1ph240

156
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


70mm 15
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7HR15 B
Gear head type G7 K
193.3(203.3)

10.8 118.5

0.015
46 72.5 32(42) 32 70

0
7 Table1

10h7
+0.5
82
D
P.C.
NTROL M
D CO OT
EE

30
SP

15
OR

46.7
69
SU

d.
,Lt

3
MI

O
ES
T

MO RI
HEA ST
VY IN D U

4 5.5
(10)
,
22 30
(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32
25 0.2
4 0
0.03
Gear head size Length(mm) Weight(kg)
0.1
0.03

2.5 G73K G718K 32


0.03

0
Motor 1.35
0

25
0

4
4

G720K G7200K 42 G73K


0.38

Gear head

G718K
10

23
G720K
0.47
G740K
G750K
0.52
G7200K
Intermediate gear head 0.32

142.7
Motor 10.8 118.5
70
TypeA7HR15 B 46 72.5 13.4
7 2
P.C
.D
82 +0.5
0.030

CO NTROL M
E ED OT
46.7
SP

0
OR

69

64h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

O
ES
T

MO RI
HEA ST
VY IN D U

4 5.5
(10) ,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
(300) MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G7XH10
(43.4)

30 13.4
70
2
+ 0.5
82
D
P.C.
0.030
0
64h7

4 5.5
Related information

Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Te chnical information: p. 175

157
Socket-type speed control motors
25 80mm
Overview
Electromagnetic brakes motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Frame Allowable torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
brakes size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) (r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.220 2.20 0.141 1.41
1ph100
boxes A8HR25AB CAH90A 4 25 60 30min. 90-1700 0.160 1.60 0.070 0.70 0.119 1.19 TP CE 10.0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.200 2.00 0.144 1.44
Speed 50 90-1400 0.220 2.20 0.141 1.41
controller 80 1ph200
(Overview) A8HR25CB CAH90C 4 25 60 30min. 90-1700 0.160 1.60 0.070 0.70 0.119 1.19 TP CE 2.5
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.200 2.00 0.144 1.44
1ph220 0.210 2.10
0.060 0.60
0.150 1.50
A8HR25DB CAH90D 4 25 50 30min. 90-1400 TP CE 2.0
Unit type 1ph240 0.250 2.50 0.194 1.94

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller Gear head rating torque table
(Reversible)
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Gear head type: G8K


Speed controller

Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25


Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.52 0.63 0.87 1.05 1.31 1.57 1.74 2.19 2.62 3.15 3.15 3.94
Rating torque
Kgfcm 5.3 6.4 8.9 10.7 13.4 16.0 17.8 22.3 26.7 32.1 32.1 40.2
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.43 0.51 0.72 0.85 1.07 1.28 1.43 1.78 2.15 2.57 2.58 3.22
Rating torque
Kgfcm 4.4 5.2 7.3 8.7 10.9 13.1 14.6 18.2 21.9 26.2 26.3 32.9

Brake Packs
Gear head type: G8K
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Options Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Rating torque
Nm 4.72 5.66 6.29 7.12 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Technical Kgfcm 48.2 57.8 64.2 72.6 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Information
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Rating torque
Nm 3.86 4.64 5.16 5.82 6.99 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Kgfcm 39.4 47.3 52.6 59.4 71.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
Overview
in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
6W a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W W
(8)

(4.5)
Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H
Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


60W
1ph100
A8HR25A 10.0 DMF-251006 47 19 28
#187 1ph110
1ph200
A8HR25C 2.5 DMF-45255 47 19 28
10

90W 1ph220
1ph220
MARKING A8HR25D 2.0 DMF-45205 38 19 29
H

1ph240

158
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


80mm 25
phase phase wire box

Dimensions

Gear motors
Motor type A8HR25 B
Gear head type G8 K 198.8(209.3)

10.8 124

47.5 76.5 32(42.5) 32


Table1 80

0.015
7

0
+0.5
94

10 h7
P.C.D

NTROL M
D CO OT
EE

15
34
SP

OR

79.5
46.7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

O
3
ES
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4 5.5
,
(10) 22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
32
2.5 0.1 Gear head size Length (mm) Weight(kg)
10

0
0.03
0.03

25
G83K G818K 32
0

25 +0.2 Motor 2.00


0

0
4
4

0.03
4

G820K G8200K 42.5 G83K


0.43

Gear head
23 G818K
G820K
0.57
G840K
G850K
0.61
G8200K
(148.4) Intermediate gear head 0.43
Motor 10.8 124
TypeA8HR25 B 47.5 76.5 13.6
80
7 2
+0.5
94
P.C.D
0.030

NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
46.7

0
SP

OR

79.5

73h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

O
ES
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4 5.5
(10) ,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
(300) T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G8XH10
(45.6)
32 13.6 80
2
+0.5
94
P.C.D
0.030
0
73h7

4 5.5 Related information

Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Te chnical information: p. 175

159
Socket-type speed control motors
40 90mm
Overview
Electromagnetic brakes motors
Induction
Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic Frame Allowable torque Over-


Output Voltage Frequency Speed range Starting torque
brakes size Motor Type Controller Type Poles Time At 1200r/min At 90r/min heating Standard Condenser
ratiang pro-
mm sq (W) (V) (Hz) ((r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection (F)
Terminal 50 90-1400 0.380 3.80 0.274 2.74
boxes 1ph100
A9HR40AB CAH90A 4 40 60 30min. 90-1700 0.290 2.90 0.090 0.90 0.242 2.42 TP CE 15. 0
1ph110 60 90-1700 0.360 3.60 0.297 2.97
Speed 50 90-1400 0.380 3.80 0.274 2.74
controller 90 1ph200
(Overview) A9HR40CB CAH90C 4 40 60 30min. 90-1700 0.290 2.90 0.090 0.90 0.242 2.42 TP CE 4. 0
1ph220 60 90-1700 0.360 3.60 0.297 2.97
1ph220 0.350 3.50 0.249 2.49
Unit type
A9HR40DB CAH90D 4 40 50 30min. 90-1400 0.090 0.90 TP CE 3.0
1ph240 0.420 4.20 0.310 3.10
The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
Socket type All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed Gear head rating torque table


controller
(Reversible)
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Gear head type: G9AK


Speed controller

Frequency Reduction ratio 3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25


Ouput speed r/min 500 417 300 250 200 166 150 120 100 83 75 60
50Hz Nm 0.81 0.97 1.35 1.62 2.03 2.43 2.70 3.37 4.05 4.86 4.86 6.09
Rating torque
Kgfcm 8.3 9.9 13.8 16.5 20.7 24.8 27.5 34.4 41.3 49.6 49.6 62.1
Ouput speed r/min 600 500 360 300 240 200 180 144 120 100 90 72
60Hz Nm 0.67 0.80 1.11 1.33 1.67 2.00 2.23 2.78 3.33 4.00 4.01 5.01
Rating torque
Kgfcm 6.8 8.2 11.3 13.6 17.0 20.4 22.7 28.4 34.0 40.8 40.9 51.1
Brake Packs
Gear head type: G9AK
Options
Frequency Reduction ratio 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Ouput speed r/min 50 41 37 30 25 20 16 15 12 10 8 7.5
50Hz Nm 7.30 8.76 9.73 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Technical Rating torque
Information Kgfcm 74.5 89.4 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Ouput speed r/min 60 50 45 36 30 24 20 18 15 12 10 9
60Hz Nm 6.01 7.21 8.02 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
Rating torque
Overview Kgfcm 61.3 73.6 81.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.
When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
6W Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W
W
(8)

40W (4.5)
Motor type Voltage Capacity W T H
Condenser type
T

(V) () (mm) (mm) (mm)


1ph100
A9HR40A 15.0 DMF-251506 50 25 40
1ph110
60W #187

1ph200
A9HR40C 4.0 DMF-45405 48 21 33
10

1ph220
1ph220
MARKING A9HR40D 3.0 DMF-45305 47 19 28
H

90W 1ph240

160
TM

Single Three Lead Terminal


90mm 40
phase phase wire box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9HR40 B
Gear head type G9A K

230.3(248.3)

10.8 145.5

49 96.5 42(60) 32
Table1 90

0.018
7

0
+0.5
104

12 h7
D
P.C.
NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
SP

OR

18
36
46.7
86
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

O
3
ES
T

MO I
HEA S TR
V Y IN D U

4 6.5
(10)
,
22 30
(300)

Gear head output shaft detail Key size Table1. Gear head length Table2. Weight
Gear head size Length(mm) Weight(kg)
37
2.5 0.1
G9A3KG9A18K 42
12

0
Motor 2.87
0.03
0.03

25
0

G9A20KG9A200K 60
0

25 +0.2 4 0
4

0.03
4

G9A3K
0.73

Gear head
23
G9A18K
G9A20K
1.03
G9A40K
G9A50K
1.13
G9A200K
174.8
Intermediate gear head 0.60
10.8 145.5
Motor 49 96.5 18.5
90
TypeA9HR40 B 2 +0
.5
7
104
.D
P.C
0.035

NTROL M
D CO OT
EE
SP

OR

0
46.7
86

83h7
SU

d.
,Lt
MI

O
ES
T

MO RI
HEA ST
V Y IN D U

4 6.5
(10) ,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
(300)
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9XH10

(55.5)
37 18.5 90
2
+0.5

104
.D
P.C
0.035
0
83h7

4- 6.5 Related information


Selection procedure: p. 91

Options: Induction. p. 169

Standard specifications: p. 115

Technical information: p. 175

161
MEMO

162
TM

Brake packs

Brake packs
Sumitomos brake packs are non contact types that
can instantly stop induction motors or reversible
motors by electronic braking.
To control a motor using brake packs, a DC power
supply for the signal is required (12~14DVDC, 0.1A or
larger).

TM

Overview P.164

Specification, Dimensions P.165

Panel display and switches, Motors, System configurations P.166

Input signal and motor operation, Coutions P.167

163
Overview
Overview
Brake Packs
Induction

Reversible
of brake
Overview pack (Characteristics)

Electromagnetic
brakes
1. Brake pack characteristics
Sumitomos brake packs are non contact types that can instantly stop induction motors or reversible motors by electronic
braking. The motor alone can be stopped in less than about 0.1 second. A braking current is applied to the motor for about 0.4
Terminal
boxes second, then the motors input power supply is automatically shut off. Unlike electromagnetic brakes, brake packs dont store
torque. Since they have no parts to generate mechanical friction, they have long lives. To control a motor using brake packs, a
Speed
controller
DC power supply for the signal is required (12~14DVDC, 0.1A or larger).
(Overview)

2. Using brake packs


Unit type
1) Switching the motors operation direction
Before switching the motors operation direction, always check that the motor has completely stopped. For an instant stop, the
Socket type braking current is applied for about 0.4 second. If you try to switch the motors operation direction during this time interval, the
relay contacts generate a large spark, shortening the product life. Dont try to switch the motors operation direction in the 0.5-
Speed
second interval after an instant motor stop.
controller
(Induction)
2) Fuses
Speed When connecting a fuse to the power unit, check the motors braking current value to select the proper fuse capacity. The
controller
(Reversible) motors braking current value is given in the specifications table.
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
3) Motor temperature rise and continuous operation time
The motors instant stop operation works properly when the brake pack is used with a short motor operation cycle. However, the
shorter the operation cycle is made, the more the motor temperature rises, and the shorter the amount of continuous operation
time possible. This problem occurs because the current applied when the motor brakes or starts is several times the amount
Brake packs

during rated operation, increasing the temperature rise.

When using a short motor operation cycle, be sure the surface temperature of the motor case doesnt exceed 90 C.

4) Preventing noise
Brake packs come with a noise filter built into the power line. Components such as thyristors may malfunction when the
equipment is used in areas of loud external noise. Vibrations may also be generated when the motor stops. Noise sources
include equipment such as high-power motors, solenoids and electric welding equipment. To counteract external noise, attach a
Options noise filter to the brake packs power line as shown below.

Technical When using a brake pack to stop the motor instantly, the braking current is phase-controlled, so some radio noise is generated.
Information This noise wont significantly affect other equipment, but it can be effectively eliminated by connecting a noise filter as shown
below.
Connected to
Overview
L1 brake packs
C1 C3 power terminals.

Dimensions
C5 C5

Panel display C2 C4
L2

Wiring diagram

3. Cautions for use of brake packs

1) Wiring cautions
Use the sockets for connections. Dont solder anything to the main units pins directly. When connecting sockets, check the
terminal numbers. Before inserting the controller into the sockets groove, turn off the power and check the pin numbers. When
connecting a noise filter, install the brake pack as close as possible to it, and be sure to connect it to the ground terminal. The
RUN/BRAKE signal line should be short, and kept as far from motor lead lines and other power lines as possible.

2) Operation cautions
Dont let the surface temperature of the motor case exceed 90 C during operation with a load. Turn the power OFF when the
motor is not in use for extended periods. Dont start or stop the motor by turning the AC power supply ON/OFF, as surge voltage
from the switch may cause product damage.

164
TM

Overview
1ph 3ph

Brake packs (Standard specifications, wiring diagram)

Brake pack main unit


48

BASA
BRAKE PACK 6
5 7
110V 60Hz
CW 4 8

4
32
48

CCW
6-40W 3 9
FREE
2 10
60-90W
1 11

2-2.2
64 13.5 4.2 2.5
83

Socket 3 4.5
BASA, BASC and BASD are non contact brake packs
for use with induction motors or reversible motors.

8 7 6 5

4
70 MAX

35.4

9
2- 4.5

1 1 1 2
4

50 MAX 31.2 MAX

Item BASA BASC BASD

Voltage Signal-phase 100V Signal-phase 110V Signal-phase 200V Signal-phase 220V Single-phase 220240V

Frequency 50/60Hz 60Hz 50/60Hz 60Hz 50Hz

Applicable Induction motors, Reversible motors


motors (6 ~ 90W)

Photocoupler input
Input signals 1224VDC (10%),
CW/CCW/FREE

Ambient temperature -10 to +40 C

Ambient humidity 85% max. (no condensation)

At least 100M when measured with a DC500V megger between the brake packs
Insulation power terminal and signal input terminal, at normal temperature and humidity when the
resistance brake pack has reached its rated operation.

No malfunction when a 1500V, 50/60Hz current is applied between the brake packs
Insulation
power terminal and signal input terminal for 1 minute at normal temperature and
with stand voltage humidity when the brake pack has reached its rated operation.

165
Overview
Overview
Brake packs
Induction

Reversible
of brake
Overview packs (Panel display, wiring diagram)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Panel display and switches


Terminal
boxes Input signal display Type Voltage Applicable motors
CW Lights when CW signal is input. Induction motors 6W90W
Speed
controller
BASA 1ph 100V
(Overview) Revercible motors 6W90W
CCW Lights when CCW signal is input. Induction motors 6W90W
BASA BASC 1ph 200V
Unit type Revercible motors 6W90W
FREE Lights when FREE signal is input. BRAKE PACK
110V 60Hz
CW Induction motors 6W90W
CCW
BASD 1ph 220V240V
6-40W Revercible motors 6W90W
FREE
Socket type Motor output switches 60-90W

640W Set to the 640W position when a


Speed 6090W 6, 15, 25 or 40W motor is connected.
controller
(Induction)
640W Set to the 6090W position when a
6090W 60 or 90W motor is connected.
Speed
controller
(Reversible) The switch is set to the 6090W position at shipment.

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

System configuration
The non contact brake packs control the motor's RUN/STOP status in
Brake packs

response to signals input from the external controller.

External controller

Cautions for use


Frequent instant motor stops and starts will increase the
temperature rise of the brake pack and motor. Use the Socket

Options
operation cycle figures below. keep the surface temperature
Power
of the motor case exceed 90 during operation.
BA
SA
BR
AK
E PA
CW CK

Technical CC
W
110
V 60H
z
Power switch(Circuit protection)
FR
EE 6-40

Information W

Motor output Operation cycle 60-9


0W

6 ~ 25W At least 2 seconds


Overview
40 ~ 90W At least 4 seconds Condenser

A 2-second cycle means the motor runs for 1 second and stops for 1 second.
Dimensions A 4-second cycle means the motor runs for 2 seconds and stops for 2 seconds.

Motor
Panel display
CCW

CW

Wiring diagram Capacity of protective equipment


When the motor is stopped instantly, a large half-wave rectification current is output for between roughly 0.2 and 0.4 second. When
connecting a protective element (circuit protector) to the line that carries this braking current, refer to the table below to select the
proper circuit protector capacity.

Brake current (Peak)


Motor output 100V 50Hz 100V 60Hz 200V 50Hz 200V 60Hz 220/240V 50Hz
6W 1.2 1.2 0.5 0.4 0.6
15W 3.1 3.1 1.7 1.5 1.7
25W 7.4 7.4 3.4 3.2 3.5
40W 12.2 12.2 5.4 4.2 6.6
60W 14.2 11.6 8.1 6.2 8.4
90W 17.4 16.4 10.4 8.0 10.6

166
TM

Overview
1ph 3ph

Overview of brake packs (Wiring diagram)


Brake packs BASA, BASC Input signal and motor operation

15~90W Induction motor with lead wire
(except 220~240V/50HZ)
1) Clockwise (CW) operation input (induction motors)
OFF When the CW operation input is turned ON, the motor shaft rotates
2 ON
Power clockwise. When turned OFF, the motor stops instantly. Induction
10 SW1
motors operate using the CW operation input. When connected as
White
3 shown in the diagram, the motor operates in the clockwise direction. To
Gray
9 operate the motor counterclockwise, switch the gray and brown motor
Induction
Black
1 Motor
lead wires (the white and brown wires for a 220 to 240V/50Hz motor).
Brown
Orenge
Condenser
2) Counterclockwise (CCW) operation input (reversible motors)
7 +1224V When the CCW operation input is turned ON, the motor shaft rotates
CW Operation Input
8 counterclockwise. When turned OFF, the motor stops instantly. If the
Brake release input
4 CW and CCW operation inputs are both turned ON at the same time,
CW is given priority.
6
GND
PIN NO. 3) Brake release input (induction motors, reversible motors)
When the brake release input is turned ON, the electronic brake wont
Brake packs BASA, BASC operate. If the CW or CCW input is turned OFF in this condition, the

6W Induction motor with lead wire
motor stops naturally after losing its inertia. If the brake release input is
(except 220~240V/50HZ)

6~90W Induction motor with terminal box turned OFF, the electronic brake will operate. If the CW or CCW input is
(except 220~240V/50HZ) turned OFF in this condition, the motor stops instantly.

OFF
2 ON Wiring connection cautions
Power
10 SW1
1 White Use the shortest possible distance when wiring the motor and brake
3
2 Gray pack, and brake pack and external controller.
9
Induction
Black Motor
4

3
Brown Use wires with a cross-sectional area of at least 0.75mm for the
motor wiring and AC power wiring.
Condenser

7 +1224V

CW Operation Input
Dont bundle the motor wiring/AC power wiring (terminal Nos. 1, 2, 3,
8
Brake release input
9 and 10) with the signal wiring (terminal Nos. 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8).
4
Install the two sets of wiring at least 10cm apart.

6
GND
Dont solder anything to the brake packs terminal pins directly.
PIN NO.

Turn the power OFF before inserting the brake pack into the socket.
Brake pack BASA, BASC Insert the brake pack securely.
6~90W Reversible motor

Always ground the terminal of pin No. 6. if motor operation will include
instant stops.
OFF
2 ON
Power

10 SW1

1 White(White)*
3
2 Gray(Brown)* Reversible
9 motor
3 Black(Black)*
1
Condenser

7 +1224V

CW operation input
8
CCW operation input
5
Brake
4

6 GND

PIN NO.

*( )in case of BASD 1ph 220240V

167
Overview
Overview
Brake packs
Induction

Reversible
Overview of brake packs (Wiring diagram)
Brake packs BASD
6~90W Reversible motor(220~240V/50HZ)
Electromagnetic
brakes

6~90W Induction motor(220~240V/50HZ) with lead wire & terminal box
with lead wire & terminal box
Terminal
boxes
Power Power

Speed
controller
(Overview)
White White

Brown Induction Brown Reversible


Unit type Motor Motor
Black Black

Socket type
Condenser Condenser

Speed
controller CW Operation Input CW Operation Input
(Induction)
CCW Operation Input

Speed Brake release input Brake release input


controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
Brake packs

Reverse
Brake Brake Brake Natural stop

Run Stop Run Stop Run Stop Run Stop


ON
SW1 OFF
CW ON
operation input OFF
Options
CCW ON
operation input OFF
ON
Technical Brake
Information OFF

CW
Motor CW CW CW
CCW CCW
CCW
Overview

Dimensions

Panel display

Wiring diagram

168
TM

Options

TM

Mounting plate for motors & gear heads P.170

Extension cable P.172

CR circuits for surge voltage absorber P.172

External speed control switch P.173

External resistor for braking P.173

169
Overview
Option
Induction

Reversible
Mounting
Options.
plate for motor & gear head

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal The mounting plate is the adapter used to secure the Astero gear motor to the floor or other surface parallel to the
boxes
output shaft.
Speed
To attach the mounting plate and gear motor, use the bolts, nuts and washers provided with the gear head. No screws
controller
(Overview)
are provided for attaching the plate to your machinery, so should be obtained separately.

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Brake Packs 60mm sq. flange motor(6w) & gear head 82


7.5 38
4-
R8
4.5

Type
33

25
Options

Weight

15
5
R1

Material Aluminum
4-M4*
68
6
61 3

Technical 70
0.3
0.2
0

Information 50
54
68.5
0.5
42

38

26
Mounting
plate
8
1

50
100

Others

70mm sq. flange motor(15w) & gear head 92


7.5 44
4-
R8
4.5

Type
37

30

Weight
16

5
R1

Material Aluminum
4-M5*
78
7
71 3

0.3
82
0.2
0

60
64
78.5
0.5
48

43

30
8
1

55
110

170
TM

Option

Options. Mounting plate for motor & gear head


80mm sq. flange motor(25w) & gear head 8.5
102

50
4-
R1

5.5
0

Type

43

35
Weight

16
5
R1

Material Aluminum 4-M5*


90
7
81 3

0.3
94

0.2
0

69
73
88.5
0.5
55

48
32

9
1
60
120

90mm sq. flange motor(40w) & gear head 112


9.5 56
4-
R1
6.5

Type
47

40
Weight
17
5
R1

Material Aluminum
4-M6*
100
8
91 3

0.3

104
0.2
0

79
83
98.5
0.5
61

53

35
9
1

65
130

90mm sq. flange motor(60w,90w) & gear head 128


9.5 50
4-
R1
6.5

0
Type
43

40

Weight
17

5
R1
Material Aluminum
4-M6*
112
9
92 3

0.3

104
0.2
0

80
83
112
0.5
74

66

30
9
1

65
146

171
Overview
Option
Induction

Reversible
Extersion
Options.
cable

Electromagnetic
brakes
Special extension cable used to connect unit-type speed controllers to the induction motors used with them.
Terminal The special 0.5 m wire that comes with the controller main unit can also be used to extend the range.
boxes

Speed
controller
(Overview)
Dimensions
L
Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller Type (Length)
(Reversible)
.
Speed control-
.
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
.
.
Brake Packs

CR Circuits
Options.
for surge voltage absorber
Options

Options for socket-type speed controllers. Used to protect relay and switch contacts when using a speed controller for
motor braking or operation direction switching.
See the socket-type speed controller wiring diagram for more information.

Dimensions
Technical
Information
E 10

Mounting
plate
A

Others

B D C

Type Voltage Resistance Condenser Dimension


Lead wires
AC250V . 26 16.5 8.5 200
AC500V . 36 25 16 200

172
TM

Option

Options. External speed control switch

An option for socket-type speed controllers.


Since socket-type speed controllers come with an external speed control switch, this option is only needed for
applications requiring more than one speed control switch, such as multiple-speed operation.

Dimensions
40MIN
13 20
M4*P0.7 L6
0.4 Set screw
0.2
40

0.5
10
0
R3

12.5
3
40

24

24
0.2

40
0.2 9.5
3.2

Type Specification
Volume
20k,1/4W,B type
Resistor
Graduation plate40mm sq
Insulation plate40mm sq 0.2

Insulation plate

Options. External resistor for braking


An option for socket-type speed controllers.
Used for controller-driven instant braking. See the socket-type speed controller wiring diagram for more information.
B

G
C

D
A

Resistance Raiting power Dimension (mm) Controller


Type type
Time to use

10 10 77 14 26 67 3.5 5 2.2 Braking

173
MEMO

174
TM

Technical Information

Gear head and motor are sold separately.

TM

Technical Information: Motors


1. Ratings P. 176
2. Torque and motor speed P. 176
3. Ambient temperature P. 177
4. Measuring the motor temperature rise P. 177
5. Overheating protectors P. 178
6. Making ground connections P. 178
7. Compliance of Sumitomo products with standards in each country P. 178
8. Power requirements in each countries P. 179

Technical Information: Gear Heads


9. Gear head size P. 180
10. Reduction ratio P. 180
11. Maximum allowable torque P. 180
12. Service factor P. 180
13. Gear head transmission efficiency P. 180
14. Shaft radial load and thrust load P. 181
15. Combining motors and gear heads P. 181
16. Combining motors and intermediate gear heads P. 181
17. Gear head shaft rotation speed and direction P. 182
18. Attaching a motor and gear head P. 182
19. Affixing a load transmission mechanism P. 182
175
Technical
Overview
Information Motors
Induction

Technical Information: Motors


Reversible

Electromagnetic 1. Ratings
brakes
Motors are designed for a pre-determined temperature rise range. The operation limit Table 1. Time ratings
guaranteed within this range is called the rating. Ratings are either continuous ratings Motor type Time rating
Terminal or short-time ratings. Ratings determine the operation limit for a given torgue, as well Constant-speed
boxes
as values such as voltage, current, motor speed and frequency. (These values are Induction motor Continuous
Speed
known as the rating torque, rated voltage, rated current, rated motor speed, and rated Reversible motor Short-time (30 minutes)
controller
(Overview)
frequency.) Motor with Single-phase: Short-time
1) Continuous rating electromagnetic brake (30 minutes)
A continuous rating specifies that the motor can operate continuously without 3-phase: Continuous
Unit type
problems, at the rating torque and within the specified temperature rise range. Variable-speed
Induction motor Continuous
Socket type 2) Short-time rating Reversible motor Short-time (30 minutes)
A short-time rating specifies that the motor can operate without problems for a Motor with Short-time (30 minutes)
Speed
specified amount of time at the rating torque and within the specified temperature rise electromagnetic brake
controller range.
(Induction)
2. Torque and motor speed Fig1. Motor speed-Torque characteristics
Speed
controller A motor's torque is the rotational force needed to turn its load. Torque is expressed in
(Reversible) units of Nm or kgfcm.
Speed control-
1) Starting torque (Fig.1-)

Torque(Nm)
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
The rotational force the motor generates at the instant it starts. Also called startup
torque. If a load larger than this rotational force is applied to the motor, the motor can't
Brake Packs operate.

2) Stopping torque (Fig.1-)


Options The maximum rotational force the motor can generate. If a load larger than the Motor speed r/min
stopping torque is applied to the motor during operation, the motor stops.
Technical Information

3) Rating torque (Fig.1-)


The torque generated when a current of the rating voltage and frequency is applied to
the motor, and the motor continually generates the rating output. The torque
generated when the motor operates at the rating motor speed.

4) Synchronous motor speed (Fig.1-)


The motor speed when the motor's slippage is 0. The synchronous motor speed,
number of motor poles, and power frequency are related by the formula below.

Ns : Synchronous motor speed (r/min)


120 P : Number of motor poles
NS = [r/min] : Power frequency (Hz)
P 120 : Constant

Example: When the power frequency is 60 Hz, and the number of motor poles is 4

120 60
NS = = 1800 [r/min]
4
5) No-load motor speed (Fig.1-)
The motor speed when no load is applied. For induction motors and reversible
motors, this value is about 20 to 80 r/min less than the synchronous motor speed.

6) Rated motor speed (Fig.1 -)


The motor speed when the rated torque is applied to the motor and it generates the
rated output. The optimum speed for operation.

7) Slippage
When a load is applied to the motor, the motor speed becomes lower than the
synchronous motor speed. The slippage indicates how much the motor speed has
dropped from the synchronous motor speed, relative to the value of the synchronous
motor speed. It is expressed by the formula below.

176
TM
Technical
Information

Technical Information: Motors


Ns : Synchronous motor speed (r/min)
or N : Motor speed with load (r/min)
S : Slippage

Example: When slippage (S) is 0.1 for a 4-pole, 60 Hz induction motor

8) Stored torque
The torque generated when an electromagnetic brake or simple built-in brake operates (engages)
and the load is stored. Also known as static friction torque.

9) Allowable torque
The maximum torque that can be used when the motor operates. Determined by the rated torque
of the motor itself, the temperature rise, and the torque of the combined gear heads.

10) Overrun
The amount of motor shaft rotation from the instant the motor's power is shut off until the motor
comes to a complete stop. Expressed as an angle (number of rotations).

3. Ambient temperature
Motors should be used in an ambient temperature of -10 to +40. If the motor is used above the
upper-limit ambient temperature, the temperature rise generated by motor operation will add to the
ambient temperature, causing coil insulation deterioration and significantly reducing the life of the
ball bearings. If used below the lower-limit ambient temperature, the viscosity of the gear head
lubrication grease and ball bearing grease will increase, causing greater frictional torque and
making the motor difficult or impossible to start.

4. Measuring the motor temperature rise


Attach a thermocouple to the center of the motor case, operate the motor and measure the
temperature when it has become stable. The difference between this value and the ambient
temperature is known as the temperature rise. Generally, the coil is the highest-temperature motor
part. The coil's maximum allowable temperature is specified according to the type of insulation
material used. The formula for calculating the coil temperature rise is given below.

R1: Coil resistance before temperature rise was measured


R2: Coil resistance when temperature has become stable
T1: Ambient temperature when R1 was measured
Ta: Ambient temperature when R2 was measured
234.5: Temperature coefficient of copper wire

Cautions
The motor's temperature rise will increase if the motor is often started/stopped, its operation
direction is often changed, or it is often stopped instantly using a brake pack or similar
component.
During motor operation, the surface temperature of the motor case becomes quite high, and in
some cases it can reach nearly 90!!C. This temperature rise is normal. To avoid accidents,

177
Technical
Overview
Information Motors
Induction

Technical Information: Motors


Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes
5. Overheating protectors
Terminal Motors with UL or CE-mark certification come with equipment to protect against overheating when the motor
boxes becomes overloaded or stops unexpectedly during operation. Motors of 70, 80 and 90 mm attachment
sizes come with thermal protectors. 60 mm motors come with impedance protection.
Speed
controller
(Overview) 1) Motors with thermal protectors
A thermal protector (TP: a device to protect against excessive temperatures) is built into the motor's coil unit.
Unit type Thermal protectors use a bimetallic strip to detect heat. If the coil reaches an abnormally high temperature, the circuit
is released. The thermal protectors used in Sumitomo's motors are the auto-restore type that restore the circuit if the
Socket type
temperature subsequently drops back to within the normal range. Motors with built-in thermal protectors display 'TP'
on the name plate. (Thermal protector operation temperatures: Release120 5, Restore77 5 )
Speed 2) Motors with impedance protectiors
controller
(Induction) Motors with impedance protection have larger coil resistances and are designed so that if the motor becomes
immobilized, the current (input) is limited to a low value so that the coil temperature doesn't rise above the maximum
Speed
controller allowable value. The allowable temperature for an immobilized UL type A motor is 150 (Sumitomo's UL-certified
(Reversible)
motors are type A). Motors with impedance protectiors display 'ZP' on the name plate.
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
6. Making ground connections
Brake Packs
Fig 2. Ground connections
For motors with lead wires or terminal boxes, connect the ground
Fixing bolts
terminal and fixing bolt in the attachment hole near the ground
Options
display. When connecting the ground terminal, remove the paint
on the housing surface under the fixing bolt. Note that the ground
Technical Information

will be less effective if not enough paint is removed. Ground

Ground
Lead wires
Lead wires
Ground wires
(0.75mm green wire with yellow band)

7. Compliance of Sumitomo products with standards in each country

EC directives, CE Marking
The CE Mark is placed on products that comply with EC directives. It certifies the product's quality and safety,
to guarantee that the product can be freely distributed to any country in the EU (European Union).

Directives for mechanical productsEC directives


There are three directives applying to normal mechanical products.

Table 2. EC directives
Description
Applies to Description of directive
EC directive
Machinery Directive Items assembled from parts and containing Specifies essential conditions for machinery
moving parts (mainly industrial machinery) safety. Machinery incorporating mainly
electrical hazards must also comply with
requirements for low voltage.
Low Voltage Directive Products driven by a 50 to 1,000 VAC or 75 Only products in compliance with standards
to 1,500 VDC power supply may be sold.

Electromagnetic All types of products that could generate EMI: Must not generate electromagnetic
Compatibility Directive signal interference (electromagnetic interference to outside.
radiation), or with functions that could be EMS: Must be able to withstand
interfered with ambient signals. electromagnetic interference from outside.

178
TM
Technical
Information
Technical Information: Motors

Compliance of Astero gear motors with EC directives and CE Marking


Astero gear motors are CE Mark-compliant, and comply with the EC directives
pertaining to induction motors: The Machinery Directive (issued January 1995), CE Marking displayed
and Low Voltage Directive (issued January 1997, CE Mark added). The on name plate
Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (issued January 1996) doesn't apply to
induction motors.

ULUnderwriters Laboratoriesstandard
Underwriters Laboratories is a private US testing institute that conducts scientific studies, research and
experimentation in the areas of safety, fires and disasters, and has created an institutional safety
standard for hazard prevention. While UL certification is not required throughout the US, some states
and cities do require it, and UL-standard products are more trusted by US consumers.
Differences of UL-standard products
Terminal symbols
UL mark on name plate
Motors can only be manufactured or altered in certified plants.

8. Power requirements in each countries

Table. Power requirements in different countries


Country/Area Frequency Voltage(1-phase) Voltage(3-phase)
Japam 50Hz/60Hz 100V200V 200V400V
America 60Hz 115V230V 230V
America
North

Canada 60Hz 120V347V 208V240V600V


Korea 60Hz 110V220V 220V380V
Taiwan 60Hz 110V220V 200V220V380V
Houg Kong 50Hz 200V220V 346V380V
China 50Hz 220V 220V380V
Philippines 60Hz 220V 380V
Asia

Thailand 50Hz 220V 220V380V


Singapore 50Hz 230V 415V
Malaysia 50Hz 240V 415V
Indonesia 50Hz 220V 380V
India 50Hz 240V 240V415V
Bangladesh 50Hz 230V 400V
Australia 50Hz 240V 415V
Oceania

Guam 60Hz 120V 240V480V


New Zealand 50Hz 230V 230V415V
Austria 50Hz 230V 400V
Belgium 50Hz 230V 400V
Bulgaria 50Hz 220V 380V
Denmark 50Hz 230V 400V
Finland 50Hz 230V 400V
France 50Hz 230V 400V
Germany 50Hz 230V 400V
Greece 50Hz 230V 400V
Europe

Hungary 50Hz 220V 380V


Italy 50Hz 220V 380V
Luxembourg 50Hz 230V 400V
Netheriands 50Hz 230V 400V
Norway 50Hz 220V230V 380V
Portugal 50Hz 230V 400V480V
Romania 50Hz 220V 380V
Spain 50Hz 127V220V 220V380V
Sweden 50Hz 230V400V 400V690V
Switzerland 50Hz 230V 400V
United Kingdom 50Hz 230V 400V
Note:
The voltages above may vary in different regions or cities within the same country.
Single-phase 115 V is the standard voltage in the US and Canada, but 120 V is generally displayed.

179
Technical
Overview
Information Gear heads
Induction

Information:
Technical Gear heads
Reversible

9. Gear head size


Electromagnetic Gear heads come in four sizes: 60, 70, 80 and 90 mm.
brakes

Terminal
10. Reduction ratio
boxes The ratio by which the gear head reduces the motor speed.
Example: If the motor's output speed (Nm) is 1,500 r/min, and the gear head's output speed (Ng) is 50 r/min, the
Speed
controller speed reduction ratio (i) is 1,500/50 = 30. For compatibility with 50 and 60 Hz areas, two sets of gear head reduction
(Overview)
ratios are available: 3, 5, 7.5, 12.5, 15... and 3.6, 6, 9, 15, 18... (1.2 times larger than the first set). The reason the
second set of ratios are 1.2 times the first set is that a synchronous motor speed of 1,500 RPM in a 50 Hz area
Unit type would be 1,800 RPM in a 60 Hz area, a ratio of 1.2.

Socket type Example: If a gear head output speed of 500 r/min is required, the following speed reduction
ratio should be used:
Speed
In 50 Hz area: 3
controller
(Induction) In 60 Hz area: 3.6
Naturally, all gear heads can be used in both 50 and 60 Hz areas.
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
There are 24 reduction ratios (ranging from 3 to 200) for gear heads attached to motors. If you need a reduction ratio
Speed control-
over 200, use an intermediate gear head with a speed reduction ratio of 10.
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)
Fig3. Maximum allowable torque of gear heads
11. Maximum allowable torque
Brake Packs
The maximum load torque that can be applied to the gear head.
Determined by the mechanical strength of the gears, shaft, casing,

Torque
Options bearings and other components used in the gear head, so varies
according to the gear head size, reduction ratio and type. Fig.3
shows the relationship between the gear head's reduction ratio and
Technical Information

maximum allowable torque.

Reduction ratio
12. Service factor
Used when determining the gear head's life and radial load. See Table 4 for more information.
For example, with a uniform load for 8 hours a day, the service factor is 1.0, and the gear head's life is 5,000 hours.
Note: All Astero gear head models use ball bearings.
Table 4. Example service factors and loads
Load type Load example Service factor
Uniform load Continuous load in one direction 1.0
Moderate shock load Frequent starts/stops 1.5
Shock load Instant changes of motor direction 2.0

13. Gear head transmission efficiency


When a gear head is connected to a motor, losses are generated by factors such as the heat,
noise, vibrations and lubricant agitation generated by the gear head. The loss ratio
subtracted from 100% is the gear head transmission efficiency. The transmission efficiency
varies depending on the number of speed reduction gears in the gear head. In case of
single reduction, the transmission efficiency is 90%, in case double reduction, it's 81%, and
in case of triple reduction It's 73%. Table 5 shows the relationship between the speed
reduction ratio and transmission efficiency.
Table 5. Gear head transmission efficiency
Int.
3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200
Gear heads
G6D
G7K
81% 73% 66%
G8K 59%
G9AK
G9BKH 59%

180
TM
Technical
Information
Technical Information: Gear heads

14. Shaft radial load and thrust load


The shaft radial load is the load that operates orthogonally to the direction of the gear head's
output shaft. The allowable shaft radial load is the maximum shaft radial load that can be
applied to the gear head. The shaft radial load is expressed by the formula below.
Pr : Shaft radial load (N)
PrP CfS.F.RN Pl : Actual torque transmitted by gear head's output shaft (N!!m)
Table 6. Load connection factor(Cf) Cf : Load connection factor (see Table 6)
Drive method Cf S.F. : Service factor (see Table 4)
Chain, sprocket 1.0 R : Radius of gear, pulley or other drive component (m)
Gear 1.25
Pulley 1.5 Fig.4 Gear head
Shaft radial load
Thrust load

Note that if the gear head is used in excess of the shaft radial load allowable value shown in Table 7, the
bearings could quickly become damaged, the output shaft could bend, and fatigue damage could result from
repeated loads. When attaching gears that create thrust load (such as helical gears) on gear head output shaft,
make sure the shaft radial load and thrust load don't exceed their allowable values. Table 7 shows the
allowable values for radial and thrust loads.

Table 7. Allowable radial loads, allowable thrust loads


Max allowable Allowable Allowable
Model Reduction ratio torque() radial load() thrust load()
318 0.100.60 60
G6D 30
20200 0.602.90 150
318 0.301.80 100
G7K 40
20200 2.004.90 200
318 0.202.50 120
G8K 50
20200 2.907.80 240
318 0.403.90 290
G9AK 100
20200 3.909.80 360
310 0.803.90 440
12.520 3.907.80 510
G9BKH 150
2560
4.9019.60 590
75200

15. Combining motors and gear heads


The number after the first letter of the model name indicates the size. Only motors and gear
heads for which this number is the same can be combined. The last letter of the model name
indicates the heat treatment. Only motors and gear heads for which this letter is the same

Example: Motor and gear head combination


Motor Gear head Motor Gear head
a) A8M25A G8K b) A9M60AH G9BKH
Size Size
indicates the reduction ratio. Heat treatment symbol

16. Combining motors and intermediate gear heads


By using an intermediate gear head between the motor and gear head, the gear head's reduction ratio is
increased by a factor of 10. However, even though the speed reduction ratio is increased, the gear head's
allowable torque is a constant value that can't be exceeded.

181
Technical
Overview
Information Gear heads
Induction

Technical Information: Gear Heads


Reversible

17. Gear head shaft rotation speed and direction


Electromagnetic The rotation speed when a motor and gear head are combined without an intermediate gear head is expressed
brakes
by the formula below.
Ng : Gear head's rotation speed (r/min)
Terminal
boxes
gN =N m [r/min]i Nm : Motor speed (r/min)
: Reduction ratio
Speed
controller
(Overview) The rotation direction of the gear head's output shaft can be the same direction as the motor shaft, or the opposite
direction, depending on the reduction ratio. See Table 8 for more information. For an intermediate gear head,
Unit type the rotation direction is the same as the motor shaft's rotation direction.

Socket type
Table.Rotation direction of the gear head's output
3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200

Speed G
controller G7
(Induction)
G8
G9
Speed G9
controller
(Reversible)
Same direction as motor shaft Opposite direction of motor shaft
Speed control-
ler (Electro-
magnetic brake)

Fig 5. Attaching a motor and gear head


Brake Packs 18. Attaching a motor and gear head
To attach a motor and gear head, align the contact surface
as shown in Fig5, and turn the gear head gradually.
Options
When making the attachment, don't apply excessive force to
the motor shaft, or knock the motor shaft on the inside of
Technical Information

the gear head. The gears could be damaged,


causing abnormal noise and lowering the product life.
Name plates

19. Set screw


Model Reduction ratio Set screw size
3 18 M4P0.7Length 50mm
G
20200 M4P0.7Length 60mm
G6H10 10 M4P0.7Length 90mm
3 18 M5P0.8Length 55mm
G7
20200 M5P0.8Length 65mm
G7H10 10 M5P0.8Length100mm
3 18 M5P0.8Length 55mm
G8
20200 M5P0.8Length 65mm
G8H10 10 M5P0.8Length100mm
3 18 M6P1.0Length 75mm
G9
20200 M6P1.0Length 85mm
G9AH10 10 M6P1.0Length122mm
G9 3200 M6P1.0Length 95mm
G9BH10H 10 M6P1.0Length130mm

20. Affixing a load transmission mechanism


To affix a load transmission mechanism onto the gear head
output shaft, a D-cut has been provided for 60 mm flange
sizes, and a key way has been provided for other sizes. For
a D-cut shaft, affix the load transmission mechanism using
bolts.
For a key way shaft, cut another key way on the load
transmission mechanism, and use the key provided to affix
the mechanism. Avoid knocking the components when
affixing the transmission mechanism to the gear head shaft.
The gear head could get damaged, shortening the product
life.

182

Você também pode gostar